{"title":"Red Sea Reefers","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"red-sea-max-e-series-170-aquarium-black","title":"Red Sea Max E 170 Aquarium - Black","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max E 170 Aquarium - Black\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max E 170 Aquarium - Black is a premium 170 litre \/ 45 gallon all-in-one reef aquarium system built for hobbyists who want a clean, compact, high-performance reef display without having to piece together lighting, filtration, circulation, cabinetry, and control hardware separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as a complete Red Sea MAX-E plug-and-play reef platform, this system combines a rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium, black marine-spec cabinet, integrated rear sump, Red Sea ReefLED 90 lighting, REEF-SPEC filtration, dedicated protein skimmer, integrated power center, and modular sump expansion capability. The result is a polished reef-ready system that looks clean in a living room, office, condo, or dedicated aquarium space while still giving serious reef keepers room to grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX E-170 Compact Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete 45 gallon reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX E-170 is built around a 170 litre total system volume, giving you the stability and visual impact of a mid-size reef aquarium in a compact 60 cm footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-in-one simplicity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, filtration, skimming, circulation, power control, cabinet, rear sump, and key filtration media are designed to work together from the start, reducing the guesswork that often comes with custom reef builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC design approach:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is engineered around Red Sea’s reefkeeping standards for coral-focused lighting, circulation, filtration, and system stability, making it suitable for mixed reef aquariums and carefully planned SPS-focused setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless open-top presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The clean, contemporary glass design keeps attention on the aquascape, coral colour, fish movement, and shimmer from the included ReefLED lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black exterior gives the aquarium a modern, furniture-style look and helps equipment, shadows, cables, and internal cabinet space visually recede.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED 90 Lighting and ReefBeat App Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED 90:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX E-170 includes one Red Sea ReefLED 90 light, giving the aquarium a purpose-matched reef lighting solution rather than a generic strip light or entry-level fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-focused spectrum:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED lighting uses a REEF-SPEC Blue channel, a white channel, and a dedicated 3W moonlight channel to support coral growth, colour rendition, daily viewing, and low-level night viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean shimmer and blended output:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefLED optical-glass hollow lens is designed to create a homogenous spread with a natural shimmer effect, helping reduce harsh colour separation and spotlighting in the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWi-Fi control through ReefBeat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting is controlled through Red Sea’s ReefBeat app, allowing convenient setup, scheduling, acclimation programming, cloud effects, and lunar cycle moonlight control from a compatible smart device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat for new coral additions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The acclimation features help reduce lighting shock when introducing new corals or moving livestock from lower-light systems into a stronger reef lighting environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Filtration Built Into the Rear Sump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in rear filtration compartment keeps core equipment hidden behind the display, preserving the clean look of the aquarium while keeping filtration accessible for routine service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimming intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump draws water from the surface, helping remove surface film so gas exchange, light penetration, and overall water clarity remain strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMSK-900 protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included adjustable skimmer provides 900 lph \/ 240 gph water flow and 250 lph \/ 66 gph air flow, helping remove dissolved organic waste before it breaks down into excess nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedia rack and carbon filtration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump includes a media rack for the supplied Red Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon, with space for additional chemical filtration media when the aquarium’s needs change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap sponge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated mechanical flow management helps reduce microbubbles from returning to the display, keeping the viewing area cleaner and more polished.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden circulation pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX E-170 uses one 2,150 lph \/ 570 gph pump to move water through the system, supporting consistent turnover and filtration performance in the compact reef layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eModular Sump Expansion and Cabinet Integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart simple and upgrade later:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX E-170 can be run with the integrated rear sump, then expanded with an optional Red Sea in-cabinet sump conversion if you want more space for advanced filtration equipment in the future.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-cut sump conversion concept:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s modular system uses an integrated multiport bulkhead and regulated silent-flow downpipe design, allowing the filtration layout to be upgraded without cutting, gluing, or emptying the entire aquarium when the proper optional conversion components are used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChiller-ready planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system includes a dedicated chiller connection bracket and has a cabinet layout designed with equipment planning in mind. Chiller equipment and piping are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated power center:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet includes a power center with seven individually switched outlets, making it easier to control pumps, skimmer, lighting, and accessories from one organized location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec cabinet construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses a marine-spec laminate exterior with weatherproof epoxy-painted doors, push-open hardware, and soft-close stainless steel hinges for a clean, durable reef-system presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable rear sump screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump cover helps hide filtration hardware while still allowing practical access for service, cleaning, adjustment, and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max E 170 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 litres \/ 45 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay aquarium volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 litres \/ 37 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 litres \/ 8 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm L x 57.5 cm W x 55 cm H \/ 23.6 in x 22.6 in x 21.6 in, excluding light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142 cm \/ approximately 56 in, excluding the LED light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass with 12 mm front and side panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x Red Sea ReefLED 90, 90W nominal total output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wi-Fi control through the Red Sea ReefBeat app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCirculation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x 2,150 lph \/ 570 gph pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea MSK-900 adjustable protein skimmer with 900 lph \/ 240 gph water flow and 250 lph \/ 66 gph air flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower center:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 individually switched outlets for system components and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical filtration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied with Red Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black exterior with matching clean reef-system styling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX E-170 Application Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for saltwater reef aquariums, mixed reefs, coral displays, and aquarists wanting a polished all-in-one system with premium included equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in rear sump is suitable for a clean plug-and-play start, while the optional in-cabinet sump conversion gives advanced hobbyists room to expand filtration later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChiller compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is designed with chiller installation planning in mind, but the chiller, pump, and external piping are sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefMat 500 use is modification-dependent, so filtration upgrades should be planned before purchase if automatic roller filtration is part of the build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, test kits, dosing equipment, wavemakers, optional sump conversion kit, chiller, and additional filtration upgrades are not included unless purchased separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX-E Series Product Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/v0MleP1IYUE\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the location first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Position the aquarium on a level, structurally suitable surface with access to power, water-change space, and enough room behind and around the system for service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFollow the Red Sea manual:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble the cabinet, aquarium, rear sump components, skimmer, circulation pump, power center, and lighting according to Red Sea’s instructions before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak and function check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before adding livestock, confirm that the rear sump, skimmer, pump, surface skimmer, power center, and return flow are operating correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse proper reef water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill with properly mixed saltwater or natural seawater of suitable parameters, and use RO\/DI water for evaporation top-off and salt mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse light acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e When starting a new reef or adding corals, use the ReefBeat acclimation features and increase light intensity gradually to reduce coral stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allow the aquarium to establish stable biological filtration before adding fish or corals, and stock slowly to avoid nutrient and stability issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX E-170 rimless glass aquarium in black configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MSK-900 adjustable protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2,150 lph \/ 570 gph circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedia rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChiller connection bracket \/ fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated power center with 7 individually switched outlets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41343961464922,"sku":"AQ-RSE170B","price":2799.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/aq-rse170b.jpg?v=1743202000"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-e-series-170-aquarium-white","title":"Red Sea Max E 170 Aquarium - White","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max E 170 Aquarium - White\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max E 170 Aquarium - White is a premium 170 litre \/ 45 gallon all-in-one reef aquarium system designed for hobbyists who want a clean, modern, fully integrated reef display without having to assemble lighting, filtration, skimming, circulation, cabinetry, and control hardware piece by piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt as part of Red Sea’s MAX-E plug-and-play reef system line, this compact reef aquarium combines a rimless ultra-clear glass display, white marine-spec cabinet, integrated rear sump, ReefLED 90 lighting, REEF-SPEC filtration, protein skimming, dedicated circulation, hidden equipment management, and modular sump expansion potential. It is an excellent choice for aquarists who want a polished living-room-ready reef tank with serious coral-keeping capability in a manageable footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX E-170 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete 45 gallon reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX E-170 provides 170 litres of total system volume in a compact 60 cm aquarium footprint, giving reef keepers a strong balance of stability, usable aquascaping space, and manageable maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-in-one reef-ready design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquarium, cabinet, lighting, rear sump, skimmer, circulation pump, media rack, power center, and filtration components are designed to work together as a coordinated Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean white cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white exterior gives the aquarium a bright, modern, furniture-style appearance that works well in contemporary homes, offices, condos, and display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless open-top presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The braceless, open-top aquarium design keeps the focus on the reef itself, with clean sight lines, strong top-down access, and a premium display look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC system concept:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX-E platform is designed around Red Sea’s reefkeeping criteria for coral-focused lighting, filtration, circulation, and long-term aquarium stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal upgrade from smaller tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e The E-170 is large enough for a more stable mixed reef while still compact enough for aquarists moving up from nano tanks or smaller all-in-one systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED 90 Lighting and ReefBeat Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED 90 fixture:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX E-170 White includes one Red Sea ReefLED 90, giving the tank a purpose-matched reef light rather than a basic aquarium light that needs to be upgraded immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-focused spectrum:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED 90 combines a REEF-SPEC Blue channel, white channel, and dedicated 3W moonlight channel to support coral growth, colour rendition, daytime viewing, and low-level nighttime viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong colour and shimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefLED optical-glass hollow lens is designed to produce a blended spread with natural shimmer, helping the aquarium look bright, crisp, and reef-like without harsh colour separation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWi-Fi app control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting is controlled through Red Sea’s ReefBeat app, allowing users to set schedules, adjust intensity, use acclimation programming, simulate random clouds, and manage lunar moonlight cycles from a compatible smart device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral acclimation support:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included acclimation functions are useful when starting a new system, adding new corals, or moving livestock from lower-light aquariums into stronger reef lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable light mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mounted LED unit can be rotated for improved access to the rear sump, routine cleaning, aquascaping, and maintenance tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eIntegrated REEF-SPEC Filtration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX E-170 uses a rear filtration chamber that keeps core equipment hidden behind the display while leaving it accessible for service and adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimming intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water is drawn from the aquarium surface into the rear filtration compartment, helping remove surface film and improve water clarity, gas exchange, and light penetration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMSK-900 protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included adjustable skimmer provides 900 lph \/ 240 gph water flow and 250 lph \/ 66 gph air flow, helping remove organic waste before it breaks down into excess nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultistage filtration layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump combines protein skimming, mechanical filtration, carbon filtration, and dedicated space for additional chemical media as the reef’s needs change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded media rack:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplied media rack holds Red Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon and gives aquarists a clean way to add other filtration media without cluttering the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap sponge:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated bubble management helps reduce microbubbles from returning to the display, keeping the viewing area cleaner and more polished.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden circulation pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e A dedicated 2150 lph \/ 570 gph circulation pump moves water through the filtration system and back into the aquarium through the adjustable return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eModular Sump Flexibility for Future Upgrades\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRun it simple or expand later:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX E-170 can be operated as a clean rear-sump all-in-one system, then upgraded later with optional in-cabinet sump conversion hardware if the reef build becomes more advanced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for progression:\u003c\/strong\u003e The modular sump concept makes the aquarium appealing for reef keepers who want an easy start but do not want to outgrow the system as quickly as a fixed basic all-in-one tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional in-cabinet sump path:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the proper Red Sea conversion components, the rear sump can be converted into a fully operational stand-alone in-cabinet sump arrangement for additional filtration capacity and equipment space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced equipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system layout gives aquarists a practical path toward equipment such as a calcium reactor, upgraded filtration, or a more complex reef support system when the aquarium matures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChiller-ready design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump includes planning for chiller use, including a dedicated chiller pump area and connection bracket. Chiller, pump, and external piping are sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower center integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet includes a power center with seven individually switched outlets, making system control cleaner and more convenient than loose cords spread behind the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Cabinet and Ultra-Clear Display Build\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX-E aquarium uses ultra-clear front and side glass panels for improved clarity, colour visibility, and display impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBraceless rimless construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12 mm ultra-clear glass construction supports a sleek open-top layout without bulky top bracing, giving the tank a more premium modern appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBevelled glass edges:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smart bevelled edges contribute to the refined look and help the aquarium feel like a finished display piece rather than a basic glass box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite marine-spec cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is designed for marine aquarium use and provides a clean white exterior that pairs well with light walls, bright rooms, modern furniture, and minimalist decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden equipment presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump, cabinet, and rotatable sump screen help keep equipment, media, and plumbing visually controlled so the reef display remains the main focus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact premium footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e At approximately 60 cm long, the E-170 gives reef keepers a serious display system without requiring the wall space of a larger 4 foot or 5 foot aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max E 170 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 litres \/ 45 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay aquarium volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 litres \/ 37 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 litres \/ 8 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm L x 57.5 cm W x 55 cm H \/ 23.6 in x 22.6 in x 21.6 in, excluding light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142 cm \/ approximately 56 in, excluding the LED light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass with 12 mm front and side panel specification from Red Sea.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x Red Sea ReefLED 90 with 90W nominal total output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wi-Fi control through the Red Sea ReefBeat app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCirculation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x 2150 lph \/ 570 gph circulation pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea MSK-900 adjustable protein skimmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkimmer performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 lph \/ 240 gph water flow and 250 lph \/ 66 gph air flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear sump with surface skimmer, skimmer chamber, media rack, carbon filtration, mechanical filtration, and bubble trap sponge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower center:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 individually switched outlets for system components and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for Reef Keepers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for saltwater reef aquariums, mixed reef displays, coral-focused systems, and aquarists wanting a premium all-in-one reef aquarium with a clean furniture-style finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLivestock planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 45 gallon system volume supports a more stable reef than many smaller nano aquariums, but livestock should still be chosen carefully around swimming space, compatibility, adult size, and nutrient load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed reef potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included ReefLED 90, REEF-SPEC filtration, and skimmer make the system suitable for carefully planned soft coral, LPS, and mixed reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Higher-demand SPS layouts require appropriate flow planning, nutrient control, stable alkalinity and calcium, and careful coral placement under the ReefLED 90.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefMat 500 use is modification-dependent, so roller filter upgrades should be planned before purchase if automatic mechanical filtration is part of the intended build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, test kits, wavemakers, dosing equipment, optional sump conversion kit, chiller, external chiller piping, and additional filtration upgrades are sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX-E Series Product Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/v0MleP1IYUE\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the location carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the aquarium on a level, structurally suitable surface with access to power, water-change space, and enough room for service behind and around the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFollow the Red Sea manual:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble the cabinet, aquarium, rear sump components, protein skimmer, circulation pump, power center, return nozzle, media rack, and lighting according to Red Sea’s instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck level before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the cabinet and aquarium are level before adding water, rock, or sand, as an uneven installation can create stress on the glass and cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak and function test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before adding livestock, confirm the rear sump, skimmer, pump, surface skimmer, return nozzle, power center, and water path are operating correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse proper reef water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill with properly mixed saltwater or suitable natural seawater, and use RO\/DI water for evaporation top-off and salt mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse lighting acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start new corals gradually under the ReefLED 90 using acclimation settings to reduce stress from sudden changes in light intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish stable biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock slowly to avoid nutrient spikes and stability problems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX E-170 rimless glass aquarium in white configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MSK-900 adjustable protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2150 lph \/ 570 gph circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedia rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChiller connection bracket \/ fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated power center with 7 individually switched outlets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41343961497690,"sku":"AQ-RSE170W","price":2799.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/aq-rse170w.jpg?v=1743202001"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-and-max-s-float-valve","title":"Red Sea Reefer and Max-S Float Valve","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer and Max-S Float Valve\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer and Max-S Float Valve is a genuine Red Sea replacement float valve for compatible REEFER, MAX-S and related Red Sea aquarium systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReplacement ATO Float Valve\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis float valve is used in Red Sea gravity-fed auto top off assemblies to help control freshwater top off into the sump or rear filtration area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCompatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for compatible Red Sea systems that use float valve part number R40373. Confirm the aquarium model and original part number before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eInstallation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn off the top off supply before replacement. Install the float valve securely, check that the float moves freely, then test the top off function and inspect for leaks before normal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Red Sea Reefer and Max-S Float Valve.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41343995641946,"sku":"RS-ZR40373","price":39.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/red-sea-reefer-max-s-float-valve-1.jpg?v=1781112121"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-y-split-outlet-return-nozzle","title":"Red Sea Reefer Y Split Outlet Return Nozzle","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Y Split Outlet Return Nozzle\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Y Split Outlet Return Nozzle is a genuine Red Sea return outlet accessory that splits return pump flow into two streams for improved water distribution in compatible REEFER aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eY-Split Return Flow for REEFER Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis nozzle helps spread return flow more evenly through the display instead of sending one narrow jet into the aquarium. It can be useful when improving circulation or reducing direct sand-blowing from a single return outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCompatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for compatible Red Sea REEFER aquarium return outlets that use part number R42176. Confirm the aquarium model and outlet style before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eInstallation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn off the return pump before removing or installing the nozzle. Fit the Y-split outlet securely onto the return connection, restart the pump and adjust the outlet direction while watching flow pattern and sand movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Red Sea Reefer Y Split Outlet Return Nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41343995707482,"sku":"RS-ZR42176","price":15.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/red-sea-reefer-y-split-outlet-return-nozzle-1.jpg?v=1781112181"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-sump-o-ring-set","title":"Red Sea Reefer Sump O-Ring Set","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Sump O-Ring Set\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Sump O-Ring Set is a genuine Red Sea replacement O-ring set for compatible REEFER sump pipe connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReplacement Seals for REEFER Sump Plumbing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis O-ring set is used when servicing sump pipe connections on compatible Red Sea REEFER systems. Replacing worn or flattened O-rings can help restore a proper seal during plumbing maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCompatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for compatible Red Sea REEFER systems that use sump pipe connector O-ring set part number R42187. Match the part number and aquarium model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eInstallation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShut down the return pump and drain the affected plumbing area before service. Remove the pipe connection carefully, replace the worn O-rings, reseat the plumbing and check all joints for leaks after restarting the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Red Sea Reefer Sump O-Ring Set.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41343995773018,"sku":"RS-ZR42187","price":19.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/rs-zr42187.jpg?v=1743203475"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-peninsula-aquarium-stand-black","title":"Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula G2 Aquarium \u0026 Stand - Black","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano Peninsula G2 Aquarium \u0026amp; Stand - Black\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula G2 Aquarium \u0026amp; Stand - Black is a premium all-in-one 100 litre \/ 26.4 gallon peninsula reef aquarium system designed for hobbyists who want a compact reef display with serious Red Sea engineering, integrated equipment, and a clean black cabinet finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for reef keepers who want a small-footprint aquarium without a basic starter-tank feel, the MAX NANO Peninsula G2 combines a rimless ultra-clear glass display, extended peninsula depth, ReefLED G2 60 lighting, REEF-SPEC filtration, protein skimming, Sicce return circulation, integrated auto top-off, a pump power center, and a matching black marine-spec cabinet. The result is a complete nano reef platform that looks polished, saves space, and removes much of the compatibility guesswork from building a reef aquarium from separate components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO Peninsula G2 Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete all-in-one reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO Peninsula G2 is designed as a plug-and-play reef system with the core aquarium, cabinet, lighting, rear sump, filtration, skimmer, return pump, auto top-off, and power control built around the same Red Sea reefkeeping standard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 litre \/ 26.4 gallon system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Peninsula model gives more water volume and aquascaping depth than the Cube while still staying compact enough for smaller rooms, offices, apartments, condos, and dedicated reef corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeninsula-style viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deeper front-to-back layout gives the reef more visual dimension, making it easier to create an island-style aquascape with strong depth, open sand space, and side-view interest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlmost 40 percent more display space than the Cube layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s Peninsula format keeps the same general compact height and length as the Cube but adds extra depth for more coral placement room and a more dramatic reefscape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black stand finish gives the system a clean, modern, high-contrast look that helps equipment, shadows, cables, and cabinet space visually recede while keeping attention on the reef display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for both new and experienced reef keepers:\u003c\/strong\u003e New hobbyists get a coordinated system with proven equipment compatibility, while advanced reef keepers get a compact coral-focused platform with upgrade-ready filtration space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003ePeninsula Aquascaping and Ultra-Clear Glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless ultra-clear display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO Peninsula G2 uses 8 mm ultra-clear glass for a cleaner, brighter viewing experience with less visual tint than standard aquarium glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top rimless design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The clean braceless look gives the aquarium a modern display-tank appearance and provides easy access for feeding, coral placement, aquascaping, and routine maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra depth for reef layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 58.5 cm \/ 23 in width gives the aquarist more front-to-back room than a cube-style nano, making it easier to build slopes, bommies, caves, open swimming areas, and layered coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact but not cramped:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 45 cm \/ 17.7 in length and 45 cm \/ 17.7 in height keep the system manageable, while the Peninsula depth gives the display more usable reef-building space than many small all-in-one aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong side-view appeal:\u003c\/strong\u003e The peninsula format works well where the aquarium can be viewed from more than one angle, giving the reef more presence than a simple front-facing box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean rear equipment concealment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump and rotatable rear sump screen keep equipment hidden behind the display so the aquarium maintains a natural reef look from the main viewing angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED G2 60 Lighting and ReefBeat Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED G2 60:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO Peninsula G2 includes Red Sea’s ReefBeat app-controlled ReefLED G2 60 light, giving the aquarium a purpose-matched reef light designed for coral growth, colour, and everyday viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 percent REEF-SPEC reef lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 60 is designed around Red Sea’s coral-focused lighting criteria and can be tuned from reef-white to REEF-SPEC Blue for different coral and viewing preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced blue spectrum:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEF-SPEC Blue output includes ultraviolet, violet, and blue wavelengths, helping corals and fish show stronger fluorescence while supporting coral-focused lighting needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight channel:\u003c\/strong\u003e A separate 3W moonlight channel provides low-level night viewing without relying on the main daytime channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWi-Fi app control:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefBeat control lets the user set schedules, adjust channels, use acclimation programming, run random cloud effects, and manage lunar cycle moonlight settings from a compatible smart device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful acclimation support:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lighting acclimation features help reduce stress when starting a new reef, adding new coral, or moving livestock from a lower-light aquarium into the stronger ReefLED environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean shimmer and colour blend:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED optics are designed to give the display a balanced reef look with attractive shimmer and strong coral colour rendition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Filtration and Water Management\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear filtration compartment keeps the skimmer, filter sock, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, return pump, and auto top-off hardware hidden behind the display while remaining accessible from above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water is directed through a removable surface skimmer, helping remove surface film so oxygen exchange, light penetration, and display clarity remain strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicron filter sock:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included filter sock provides mechanical filtration to capture suspended particles before water continues through the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated skimmer is designed around Red Sea’s REEF-SPEC criteria, helping remove dissolved organic waste before it breaks down into excess nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkimmer-focused nutrient control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s MAX NANO skimmer design passes the aquarium water volume through the skimmer multiple times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio, giving this compact system filtration performance beyond a simple sponge-and-pump nano tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical media chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e A dedicated chamber gives the user a clean location for chemical filtration media when the aquarium requires water polishing or targeted nutrient management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump layout includes a bubble trap before water returns to the display, helping reduce distracting microbubbles in the viewing area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSicce return circulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included 950 LPH Sicce return pump circulates the system volume about 10 times per hour and returns water through a multidirectional adjustable nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG2 Upgrade-Ready Rear Sump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated auto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Cube, Peninsula, and XL MAX NANO G2 systems include an automatic top-off unit with a freshwater reservoir hidden behind the sump screen to help maintain a stable rear-sump water level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 litre freshwater reservoir:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Peninsula model uses a 1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal reservoir, which Red Sea lists as sufficient for approximately 2-3 days of evaporation under typical conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is designed to accept the optional Red Sea ReefATO+ upgrade, allowing the user to add advanced top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection functionality if desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable filter sock compartment is designed so it can be replaced with the optional Red Sea NanoMat, giving the aquarium a future path to automatic fleece-roll mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade without overbuilding:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system can be run cleanly with the included equipment, then upgraded as the reef matures or as the hobbyist wants more automation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable sump screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear screen hides filtration and circulation hardware during normal viewing but rotates out of the way for service access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Cabinet and Power Center Integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching black cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version includes the black Red Sea cabinet, giving the aquarium a finished furniture-style installation instead of requiring a separate stand purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine aquarium design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The stand is designed for use with the MAX NANO Peninsula G2 system, helping support the aquarium properly while maintaining a clean coordinated look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-plug control concept:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated pump power center gives conveniently located on\/off switches for the skimmer and circulation pump, making feeding, maintenance, and service easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner cord management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Centralized power control reduces the loose-cord clutter that often appears behind small custom reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance-friendly layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump, pump switches, removable filter sock, accessible skimmer, and rotatable screen make routine tasks easier to perform without disrupting the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiving-room-ready appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black stand pairs well with darker furniture, entertainment areas, office setups, and reef displays where a clean contrast helps the coral colours stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano Peninsula G2 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 litres \/ 26.4 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 87 litres \/ 22.5 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 cm \/ 17.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58.5 cm \/ 23 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 cm \/ 17.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132 cm \/ 52 in excluding the light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 8 mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 LPH Sicce return pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration path:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable surface skimmer, micron filter sock, MAX NANO protein skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, return pump, and multidirectional adjustable return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated auto top-off with 1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ ready and NanoMat ready with optional add-ons sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saltwater nano reef, mixed reef, coral display, premium small reef aquarium, and compact all-in-one reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for Nano Reef Keepers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO Peninsula G2 is best suited for carefully planned saltwater reef aquariums, soft coral systems, LPS coral displays, mixed nano reefs, and small feature aquariums where appearance and equipment integration matter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included ReefLED G2 60 provides a strong reef lighting platform, but coral placement should still be planned around flow, intensity, shading, and long-term growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The return pump provides system turnover, but many reef keepers may still choose to add a small wavemaker or circulation pump depending on coral selection and aquascape structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStocking discipline matters:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system offers more room than many nano aquariums, but livestock should still be selected around adult size, swimming behaviour, compatibility, and nutrient load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ and NanoMat readiness give the tank a strong long-term path for automation and cleaner mechanical filtration without forcing those add-ons at initial setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, test kits, wavemakers, optional ReefATO+, optional NanoMat, dosing equipment, and additional filtration media are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kybCfrQBzu8\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the location before assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the aquarium where the floor is level, the system can be serviced comfortably, and water changes can be performed without moving furniture or stretching hoses across unsafe areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the matching stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble and position the cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium on top, and confirm the cabinet is level before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck all rear sump components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the surface skimmer, filter sock, skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, return pump, auto top-off, and return nozzle are correctly installed before adding livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for saltwater mixing and auto top-off to help reduce nuisance algae, mineral buildup, and unwanted contaminants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock slowly so the nano system can maintain stable nutrient and water-quality conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse lighting acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start corals under appropriate ReefBeat acclimation settings and increase intensity gradually to reduce stress from sudden light changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService the mechanical filtration regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean or replace the filter sock as needed, service the skimmer, and keep the rear sump clear of debris to maintain strong water flow and filtration performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO Peninsula G2 rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack Red Sea cabinet stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e950 LPH Sicce return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicron filter sock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional adjustable return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump power center with on\/off switches for skimmer and circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41344129466458,"sku":"AQ-RSP001B","price":1989.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/maxnanopeninsulablack_1.jpg?v=1743186234"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-peninsula-aquarium-stand-white","title":"Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula G2 Aquarium \u0026 Stand - White","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano Peninsula G2 Aquarium \u0026amp; Stand - White\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano Peninsula G2 Aquarium \u0026amp; Stand - White is a premium 100 litre \/ 26.4 gallon all-in-one peninsula reef aquarium system that combines Red Sea’s compact reef engineering with a bright white cabinet finish for a clean, modern display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis complete MAX NANO G2 system is built for aquarists who want a stylish nano reef aquarium with more aquascaping depth than a cube, stronger built-in reef equipment than a basic starter system, and a coordinated white stand that looks finished in a home, office, condo, or customer-facing display space. It includes ultra-clear rimless glass, ReefLED G2 60 lighting, REEF-SPEC filtration, protein skimming, Sicce return circulation, integrated auto top-off, a hidden rear sump, pump power control, and an upgrade-ready layout for optional Red Sea automation accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO Peninsula G2 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium compact reef package:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO Peninsula G2 White gives hobbyists a complete nano reef system with aquarium, stand, lighting, filtration, skimmer, return pump, auto top-off, and rear sump integration already designed to work together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright modern white finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet creates a clean furniture-style look that pairs well with light walls, modern decor, retail spaces, offices, and minimalist aquarium displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26.4 gallon total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 100 litre system provides more stability and aquascaping flexibility than many smaller nano tanks while staying compact enough for spaces where a larger reef aquarium is not practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeninsula display proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deeper 58.5 cm \/ 23 in front-to-back layout gives the aquarist more room to create a dimensional reefscape with coral zones, swim-throughs, open sand areas, and better visual depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-in-one equipment confidence:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s coordinated system design helps reduce compatibility issues between lighting, filtration, pump capacity, skimming, cabinet layout, and rear-sump maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for real coral keeping:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 platform is not just a decorative tank; it is built around reef-focused lighting, filtration, skimming, water movement, and upgrade options for long-term coral care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear Peninsula Display and Reef Layout Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless 8 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display uses ultra-clear glass for crisp viewing, strong colour visibility, and a premium look that makes coral, rockwork, and fish movement stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean open-top styling:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless design gives the aquarium a high-end appearance and makes feeding, aquascaping, coral placement, and maintenance more convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore room than a cube-style nano:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s Peninsula layout adds almost 40 percent more display space than the Cube design while keeping the system compact and easy to place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent aquascaping depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wider 58.5 cm display width gives hobbyists more room to build layered rockwork, islands, negative-space aquascapes, or a central reef structure with coral growth room around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-angle viewing potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Peninsula format is especially attractive when the aquarium can be viewed from the front and side, adding more visual interest than a shallow front-only nano display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden rear filtration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump keeps essential filtration equipment out of the main display, so the aquarium presents as a clean reef scene rather than a tank full of visible hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED G2 60 Lighting with ReefBeat App Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED G2 60 light:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO Peninsula G2 White includes a ReefLED G2 60 fixture that is matched to the system for reef aquarium use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC coral lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefLED G2 60 is designed to deliver reef-safe, coral-focused lighting with tunable output from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced coral fluorescence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEF-SPEC Blue channel includes ultraviolet, violet, and blue wavelengths, helping bring out coral fluorescence and fish colour while supporting coral-focused lighting requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e A separate 3W moonlight channel provides low-output nighttime illumination for subtle evening viewing without using the main daytime light channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat Wi-Fi control:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefBeat app gives easy control over daily schedules, colour balance, intensity, acclimation, random cloud effects, and lunar moonlight programming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for coral transitions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in acclimation options are valuable when starting the aquarium, adding new corals, or moving livestock from another lighting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolished display effect:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED lighting is designed to produce strong coral colour, clean blend, and attractive shimmer, helping the white cabinet system feel bright and display-focused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eIntegrated Filtration for a Clean Nano Reef\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear sump filtration system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated rear sump hides the filtration hardware behind the display while keeping it accessible for service from above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimmer intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water enters through a removable surface skimmer, helping pull surface film into the filtration path and keeping the display clearer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical filtration sock:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included micron filter sock captures suspended debris before the water reaches the skimmer and chemical media chamber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The protein skimmer is the heart of the filtration system, helping remove dissolved organics and oxygenate the water in a compact reef environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC skimmer performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea designs the skimmer around SPS-capable reef criteria, moving the aquarium water volume through the skimmer multiple times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical media chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in media area gives the aquarist a dedicated place for chemical filtration media when polishing water or managing specific aquarium needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap and return section:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water passes through the bubble trap before the Sicce return pump sends it back to the display, helping maintain a cleaner viewing area with fewer microbubbles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e950 LPH Sicce return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The return pump circulates the system volume about 10 times per hour and sends water back through a multidirectional adjustable return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eAuto Top-Off and Upgrade-Ready G2 Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in automatic top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO Peninsula G2 includes an integrated ATO unit to help keep the rear sump water level more consistent as evaporation occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden freshwater reservoir:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal reservoir is positioned behind the rear sump screen, keeping the top-off system cleanly integrated and visually hidden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-3 day evaporation support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the Peninsula reservoir capacity as sufficient for approximately 2-3 days of evaporation under typical conditions, reducing day-to-day top-off demands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is ReefATO+ ready, giving the user the option to add Red Sea’s advanced auto top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection accessory later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable filter sock compartment can be upgraded with the optional Red Sea NanoMat for automatic fleece-roll mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomation without losing simplicity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system can run as a clean all-in-one reef out of the box, then accept optional upgrades as the aquarist wants more convenience or filtration automation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable rear sump screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The screen keeps the rear filtration area hidden during normal viewing but rotates for easy access during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Cabinet and Practical Control Layout\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded white cabinet stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version includes the matching white Red Sea stand, creating a complete display-ready installation rather than a tank-only purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean coordinated appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white stand visually lightens the system and pairs especially well with bright rooms, modern furniture, clean retail displays, and contemporary living spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built support:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is designed for the MAX NANO Peninsula G2 footprint, helping provide the correct support and presentation for the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump power center:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convenient on\/off switches for the skimmer and circulation pump make feeding and maintenance easier without reaching behind the aquarium or unplugging equipment manually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeater equipment management:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump, integrated controls, and cabinet help reduce the equipment clutter that often makes smaller custom reef systems look unfinished.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact premium footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The total system height of 132 cm \/ 52 in excluding the light unit makes the system feel like a complete furniture-style aquarium without requiring the space of a larger reef tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano Peninsula G2 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 litres \/ 26.4 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 87 litres \/ 22.5 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 cm \/ 17.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58.5 cm \/ 23 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 cm \/ 17.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132 cm \/ 52 in excluding the light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 8 mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 LPH Sicce return pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration path:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable surface skimmer, micron filter sock, MAX NANO protein skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, return pump, and multidirectional adjustable return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated automatic top-off with 1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ ready and NanoMat ready with optional add-ons sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saltwater nano reef, coral display, small mixed reef, premium all-in-one aquarium, and compact peninsula-style reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for Reef Planning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO Peninsula G2 White is ideal for aquarists who want a polished small reef system with integrated equipment, clean aesthetics, and enough depth for a more interesting reefscape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral suitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included ReefLED G2 60 and REEF-SPEC filtration make the system suitable for carefully planned soft coral, LPS, and mixed reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPS-focused layouts require careful flow planning, stable alkalinity and calcium, appropriate nutrient levels, and thoughtful coral placement under the lighting spread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional flow may be useful:\u003c\/strong\u003e The return pump provides system circulation, but coral-heavy aquascapes may benefit from an added wavemaker depending on coral selection and rockwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep stocking realistic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nano reef aquariums reward careful livestock choices, slow stocking, consistent maintenance, and stable parameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional upgrades:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+, NanoMat, heater, wavemakers, test kits, dosing equipment, livestock, rock, sand, salt, and additional media are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kybCfrQBzu8\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the display location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose a level, structurally suitable location with access to power, enough working room for maintenance, and a safe path for water changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble the cabinet first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build and level the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm the system is level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the stand and aquarium before filling, since level support is important for any rimless glass aquarium installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the rear sump components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the surface skimmer, filter sock, protein skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, return pump, ATO reservoir, and return nozzle are correctly seated before startup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse proper source water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off to help maintain cleaner chemistry and reduce avoidable algae issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle the aquarium before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then build the reef slowly to maintain stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse ReefBeat acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start new corals with suitable acclimation settings and increase lighting gradually to avoid sudden light stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the filter path:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the filter sock, service the skimmer, top off the reservoir, and keep the rear sump clear so the compact system continues operating efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO Peninsula G2 rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite Red Sea cabinet stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e950 LPH Sicce return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicron filter sock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional adjustable return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump power center with on\/off switches for skimmer and circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41344129499226,"sku":"AQ-RSP001W","price":1989.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/maxnanopeninsulawhite_1.jpg?v=1743186267"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-g2-aquarium-only","title":"Red Sea Max Nano G2 Aquarium Only","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 Aquarium Only\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano G2 Aquarium Only is a premium 75 litre \/ 19.8 gallon all-in-one nano reef aquarium system designed for hobbyists who want Red Sea’s compact MAX NANO G2 reef platform without the matching cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis aquarium-only version is ideal for aquarists who already have a suitable stand plan or need the MAX NANO G2 tank system for a custom installation. It combines a rimless ultra-clear cube aquarium, ReefLED G2 60 lighting, REEF-SPEC rear sump filtration, MAX NANO protein skimming, 950 LPH Sicce return circulation, integrated automatic top-off, pump power control, NanoMat readiness, ReefATO+ upgrade compatibility, and hidden equipment management in a clean 45 cm cube footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 Aquarium-Only Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium nano reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 Aquarium Only gives reef keepers the core Red Sea tank system and included reef equipment without forcing the purchase of a cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 75 litre system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 19.8 gallon total system volume keeps the aquarium manageable while still providing enough room for a carefully planned nano reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom stand flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Because this is the aquarium-only version, it is well suited to customers who want to use a proper aquarium stand, custom cabinetry, or a built-in installation that matches an existing space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-in-one convenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, rear sump filtration, protein skimming, return circulation, automatic top-off, surface skimming, chemical media support, and power control are designed to work together as one coordinated system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean hidden-equipment layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump keeps equipment out of the display so the aquarium looks like a polished reef showcase rather than a compact tank filled with visible hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent first reef or compact upgrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 is approachable for new reef keepers while still offering enough equipment quality and upgrade readiness for experienced aquarists building a refined small reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRimless Ultra-Clear Cube Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 uses ultra-clear front and side glass panels to improve clarity and reduce the greenish tint often seen in standard aquarium glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced cube footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm layout gives the aquascape usable length, depth, and height in a compact footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter depth than narrow nano tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cube format allows for island rockwork, small caves, open sand sections, coral ledges, and more natural-looking front-to-back reef structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top rimless styling:\u003c\/strong\u003e The clean braceless design gives the aquarium a modern premium look while making feeding, coral placement, cleaning, and maintenance more convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmart bevelled glass edges:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s polished cube design helps the aquarium feel like a finished display piece rather than a basic glass box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact placement potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquarium size works well for offices, condos, bedrooms, smaller living rooms, secondary reef displays, and dedicated nano reef spaces when installed on a suitable stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED G2 60 Lighting with ReefBeat Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED G2 60:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 Aquarium Only includes Red Sea’s ReefLED G2 60 light, giving the system a reef-specific LED fixture matched to the cube display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC output:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 60 is designed for coral growth and coloration with tunable output from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced blue spectrum:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEF-SPEC Blue channel includes violet, ultraviolet, and boosted 470 nm blue wavelengths to help bring out coral fluorescence and fish colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight channel:\u003c\/strong\u003e A separate 3W moonlight channel provides low-level nighttime viewing without relying on the main daytime lighting channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wi-Fi control through Red Sea’s ReefBeat app allows daily scheduling, acclimation programming, lunar cycle moonlight, random clouds, staggered sunrise and sunset, and custom viewing modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral acclimation support:\u003c\/strong\u003e The acclimation program is useful when starting a new reef, adding new corals, or moving livestock from lower-light systems into the ReefLED environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable mounting arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e The custom light mount attaches to the rear wall of the aquarium and can rotate upward for aquascaping, cleaning, and rear-sump access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eHidden REEF-SPEC Rear Sump Filtration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete filtration path is hidden behind the display and covered by a rotatable rear screen for a cleaner room-facing presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water enters through a removable surface skimmer, helping pull surface film and floating debris into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron filter bag:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included mechanical filter bag captures suspended particles before water moves through the skimmer and media sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated skimmer is designed around Red Sea’s REEF-SPEC criteria and helps remove dissolved organics before they contribute to excess nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkimmer performance approach:\u003c\/strong\u003e The NANO skimmer is designed to process the aquarium water volume multiple times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet adjustable operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer includes an adjustable outlet gate, air intake silencing, and outlet sound reduction to help keep operation controlled in small display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive-flow media shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fixed media shelf is positioned for direct water flow and is supplied with Red Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon for water polishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap return path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout helps reduce microbubbles before water returns to the display, keeping the viewing area clearer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCirculation and Water Movement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e950 LPH Sicce return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included return pump moves water through the rear filtration system and returns it to the display at approximately 950 litres \/ 240 gallons per hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong nano turnover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the MAX NANO G2 circulation system as moving the tank’s entire water volume about ten times per hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable return nozzle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water returns through a discreet multidirectional nozzle that can be aimed to improve movement around rockwork and reduce low-flow zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports coral health:\u003c\/strong\u003e Consistent water movement helps deliver oxygen, minerals, nutrients, and trace elements to corals while carrying waste toward the filtration intake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean display interior:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main pump sits in the hidden rear sump rather than taking up space in the display area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional flow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depending on aquascape and coral selection, many reef keepers may still add a small wavemaker for broader random flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eAuto Top-Off and G2 Upgrade Readiness\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 includes an ATO unit to help keep the rear-sump water level more consistent as evaporation occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden freshwater reservoir:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1.5 litre \/ 0.4 gallon freshwater reservoir is concealed behind the rear screen above the sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced daily top-off work:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the reservoir and rear-sump design as making the MAX NANO self-sufficient for about three days under typical evaporation conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is designed to accept the optional Red Sea NanoMat, allowing future automatic fleece-roll mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is prepared for optional ReefATO+ integration for advanced top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-access power center:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convenient pump controls make feeding, cleaning, and service easier without manually unplugging equipment from behind the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade without replacing the tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system can start as a clean stock all-in-one reef and accept automation upgrades as the reef matures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 Aquarium Only Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 litres \/ 19.8 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62 litres \/ 16.4 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear sump water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 litres \/ 3.4 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquarium dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 cm L x 45 cm W x 45 cm H \/ 17.7 in x 17.7 in x 17.7 in, excluding light and cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 8 mm ultra-clear front and side glass panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 LPH \/ 240 GPH Sicce return pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration path:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable surface skimmer, 225 micron filter bag, MAX NANO protein skimmer, fixed media shelf, REEF-SPEC Carbon, bubble trap, return pump, and multidirectional return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated ATO with 1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat ready and ReefATO+ ready with optional add-ons sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included with this aquarium-only version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saltwater nano reef, soft coral display, LPS reef, compact mixed reef, office reef, and premium first reef aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for Aquarium-Only Installations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable stand required:\u003c\/strong\u003e This aquarium-only version must be installed on a level, structurally appropriate aquarium stand or support surface capable of safely supporting the filled system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 Aquarium Only is ideal for customers who want the Red Sea tank system but prefer to choose their own stand or integrate the aquarium into custom cabinetry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral suitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included ReefLED G2 60, rear sump, skimmer, and ATO make the system suitable for thoughtfully planned soft coral, LPS, and mixed nano reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Higher-demand SPS layouts require careful flow planning, stable alkalinity and calcium, appropriate nutrient levels, consistent salinity, and thoughtful coral placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStocking discipline:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nano reef systems reward careful fish and invertebrate selection based on adult size, temperament, swimming behaviour, and nutrient load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabinet, livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, wavemaker, test kits, dosing equipment, optional NanoMat, optional ReefATO+, and additional filtration media are sold separately unless stated otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kybCfrQBzu8\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the stand first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use only a level aquarium stand or support surface suitable for the filled weight of the system. Do not place the aquarium on furniture that is not designed to support an aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck level before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the stand and aquarium are level before adding water, rock, or sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the rear sump components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the surface skimmer, filter bag, protein skimmer, media shelf, carbon, bubble trap, pump, ATO reservoir, and return nozzle are correctly installed before startup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off to help maintain cleaner chemistry and reduce avoidable algae issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock slowly to maintain stability in the compact reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse ReefBeat acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start new corals under appropriate acclimation settings and increase intensity gradually to reduce sudden light stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean or replace mechanical filtration, service the skimmer, refill the ATO reservoir, and keep the rear sump clear so water flow remains strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e950 LPH \/ 240 GPH Sicce return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 micron filter bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed media shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 g Red Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional adjustable return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump power center with on\/off switches for skimmer and circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41399095263322,"sku":"AQ-RSM001","price":1249.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/aq-rsm001_ca40b5f3-a115-47c5-bb2c-fed1bd481b38.jpg?v=1743205103"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-g2-complete-system-black","title":"Red Sea Max Nano G2 Complete System - Black","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 Complete System - Black\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano G2 Complete System - Black is a premium 75 litre \/ 19.8 gallon all-in-one nano reef aquarium and stand package designed for hobbyists who want a compact Red Sea reef system with serious equipment, clean cabinet integration, and a polished black display finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for reef keepers who want a smaller aquarium without settling for a basic starter tank, the MAX NANO G2 Complete System combines a rimless ultra-clear glass display, ReefLED G2 60 lighting, REEF-SPEC filtration, protein skimming, rear-sump equipment concealment, 950 LPH circulation, integrated auto top-off, convenient pump power control, and a matching black marine-spec cabinet. It is an excellent choice for a first reef aquarium, a compact coral-focused display, an office reef, a bedroom reef, or an advanced hobbyist’s clean secondary system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 Cube Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete nano reef package:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 Complete System is supplied as a coordinated tank and stand system with the core lighting, filtration, circulation, skimming, rear sump, auto top-off, and cabinet components already selected to work together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 20 gallon class footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 75 litre \/ 19.8 gallon total system volume gives new and experienced reef keepers a manageable aquarium size while still providing the stability and equipment capacity needed for a serious nano reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCube-style reef layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm display gives balanced front-to-back depth, height, and length, making it easier to create island aquascapes, central bommies, cave structures, or negative-space reef layouts in a compact footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-in-one simplicity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The hidden rear sump keeps filtration hardware out of the main display, reducing visible clutter and simplifying the build compared with choosing separate equipment from multiple brands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet gives the system a modern, high-contrast look that helps cables, equipment shadows, and cabinet space visually recede while making coral colour and reef lighting stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreat first reef or premium upgrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 is friendly enough for a first reef aquarium but still equipped with reef-focused hardware that experienced aquarists will appreciate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear Cube Display and Modern Black Stand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquarium uses 8 mm ultra-clear front and side panels with a clean rimless design for a brighter, sharper view of fish, coral, rockwork, and shimmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact placement flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cube format allows the MAX NANO G2 to fit into spaces where a larger reef aquarium would not be practical, including condos, offices, bedrooms, reception areas, and smaller living rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong aquascaping balance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equal length, width, and height give the aquarium more aquascaping depth than many narrow nano tanks, making it easier to build a reef that looks dimensional instead of flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless open-top layout makes feeding, coral placement, cleaning, rockwork adjustments, and rear-sump access easier during routine maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden equipment look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear filtration compartment and rotatable sump screen keep the display focused on the reef instead of visible filters, heaters, cords, and mechanical hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture-style finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included black stand creates a finished installation and gives the aquarium the appearance of a complete display piece rather than a tank placed on a generic cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED G2 60 Lighting with ReefBeat Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED G2 60:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 Complete System includes Red Sea’s ReefBeat app-controlled ReefLED G2 60 light, giving the aquarium a reef-specific lighting platform matched to the tank size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC coral lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 60 is designed to deliver coral-focused output with tunable light from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced fluorescence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEF-SPEC Blue channel is supported by violet, ultraviolet, and boosted 470 nm blue output to help corals and fish show strong colour and fluorescence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight channel:\u003c\/strong\u003e A separate 3W moonlight channel provides low-level nighttime illumination without relying on the main daytime light channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat Wi-Fi control:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefBeat app allows lighting schedules, channel adjustments, acclimation programming, staggered sunrise and sunset, random clouds, lunar cycle moonlight, and custom viewing modes from a compatible smart device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable light mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e The custom mounting system attaches to the rear wall of the aquarium and can rotate upward for aquascaping, rear-sump maintenance, and cleaning access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent nano reef presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefLED G2 60 helps create strong coral colour, attractive shimmer, and a bright polished display effect that makes the compact cube feel like a true reef showcase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Rear Sump Filtration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear filtration chamber hides the core filtration equipment behind the display while keeping it accessible from above for regular service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water enters the filtration path through a removable surface skimmer, helping remove surface film and improve water clarity, gas exchange, and light penetration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron filter bag:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplied micron filter bag captures suspended particles before water continues through the skimmer and media areas, helping keep the display cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated skimmer is the core of the filtration system, helping remove dissolved organic waste and oxygenate the water in a compact reef environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC skimmer design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer is designed to process the aquarium water volume multiple times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio, supporting nutrient control in a small coral-focused system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet skimmer operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer includes an adjustable outlet gate, air-intake silencing, and outlet sound reduction to help maintain stable skimming without unnecessary noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed media shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump includes a positive-flow media shelf and supplied REEF-SPEC Carbon for water polishing during the early life of the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap and return path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout helps reduce microbubbles before the water returns to the display, giving the aquarium a cleaner viewing area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCirculation and Water Movement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e950 LPH return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included return pump circulates approximately 950 litres \/ 240 gallons per hour through the filtration system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh turnover for a nano reef:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pump moves the full system volume many times per hour, helping maintain filtration performance and steady water movement through the rear sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable return nozzle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water returns to the aquarium through a discreet multidirectional nozzle that can be aimed to help reduce dead spots behind rockwork and around corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports coral nutrient delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Proper water movement helps deliver oxygen, minerals, and suspended nutrients to corals while helping prevent detritus from settling in low-flow areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean equipment footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pump is hidden in the rear filtration area, keeping the main display free of bulky return hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional flow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depending on aquascape and coral selection, many reef keepers may still add a small wavemaker to create broader random flow for LPS, soft corals, or higher-flow coral placements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eAuto Top-Off and G2 Upgrade Readiness\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 includes an ATO system to help stabilize rear-sump water level as evaporation occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden freshwater reservoir:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1.5 litre \/ 0.4 gallon freshwater reservoir is concealed behind the rear sump screen to keep the system clean and uncluttered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout three days of top-off support:\u003c\/strong\u003e The reservoir helps reduce daily top-off demands and supports more consistent skimmer and return-pump operation between refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is designed to accept the optional Red Sea NanoMat upgrade, allowing future automatic fleece-roll mechanical filtration without starting over with a different aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is ready for the optional Red Sea ReefATO+ upgrade for aquarists who want advanced auto top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRun stock or build forward:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquarium can be run cleanly with the included equipment, then upgraded as the reef matures or as the aquarist wants more automation and convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Cabinet and Pump Power Center\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded black cabinet stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e This complete system includes the matching black Red Sea cabinet, creating a coordinated tank-and-stand package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec cabinet construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The stand is designed for marine aquarium use with a laminate exterior, weather-resistant painted doors, push-open hardware, and soft-close stainless steel hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient pump power center:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in on\/off switches for the skimmer and circulation pump make feeding and maintenance easier without unplugging equipment from behind the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner cord management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Centralized pump control helps reduce the loose-cord clutter that often makes small custom reef systems look unfinished.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance-friendly access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rotatable rear screen, accessible skimmer, removable filter bag, media shelf, top-off reservoir, and pump switches are arranged for practical day-to-day service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern black display look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet pairs well with dark furniture, entertainment rooms, offices, and high-contrast reef displays where coral colour is intended to be the focal point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 litres \/ 19.8 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62 litres \/ 16.4 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 cm L x 45 cm W x 45 cm H \/ 17.7 in x 17.7 in x 17.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132 cm \/ 52 in excluding the light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 8 mm ultra-clear front and side panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 LPH \/ 240 GPH circulation pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration path:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable surface skimmer, 225 micron filter bag, MAX NANO protein skimmer, fixed media shelf, REEF-SPEC Carbon, bubble trap, return pump, and multidirectional return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated ATO with 1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat ready and ReefATO+ ready with optional add-ons sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saltwater nano reef, soft coral display, LPS reef, small mixed reef, compact office reef, and premium first reef aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for Nano Reef Keepers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 Complete System is designed for saltwater nano reef aquariums where appearance, equipment integration, coral-focused lighting, and compact maintenance matter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral suitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefLED G2 60, REEF-SPEC filtration, rear sump, and skimmer make the system suitable for carefully planned soft coral, LPS, and mixed nano reef displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPS-focused nano reefs require stable alkalinity, calcium, magnesium, nutrients, temperature, salinity, and flow, so coral selection and placement should be planned carefully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStocking discipline:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nano systems are rewarding but sensitive, so fish and invertebrates should be chosen around adult size, compatibility, swimming behaviour, and nutrient load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-off consistency:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated ATO helps with evaporation stability, but the reservoir still needs to be checked and refilled regularly with suitable freshwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional upgrades:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat, ReefATO+, heater, wavemaker, test kits, dosing equipment, rock, sand, salt, livestock, and extra filtration media are sold separately unless specifically stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kybCfrQBzu8\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the location first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the aquarium where the floor is level, the cabinet can be accessed, and water changes can be performed safely without moving the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble the cabinet correctly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build and level the stand according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm level support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check that the stand and aquarium are level before filling, since rimless glass aquariums need even support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the rear sump components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the surface skimmer, filter bag, protein skimmer, media shelf, carbon, bubble trap, return pump, ATO reservoir, and return nozzle are correctly positioned before startup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse proper source water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for saltwater mixing and top-off to help reduce nuisance algae, mineral buildup, and avoidable contaminants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock slowly to maintain water quality and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse ReefBeat acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start new corals under appropriate acclimation settings and increase light intensity gradually to reduce sudden light stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the filtration path:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean or replace mechanical filtration, service the skimmer, refill the ATO reservoir, and keep the rear sump clear so water flow remains strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack Red Sea cabinet stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e950 LPH \/ 240 GPH return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 micron filter bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed media shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 g Red Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional adjustable return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump power center with on\/off switches for skimmer and circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41399095328858,"sku":"AQ-RSM001B","price":1799.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/aq-rsm001b_09c599e0-aaeb-40c0-875b-d7b646821765.jpg?v=1743205100"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-g2-complete-system-white","title":"Red Sea Max Nano G2 Complete System - White","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 Complete System - White\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano G2 Complete System - White is a premium 75 litre \/ 19.8 gallon all-in-one nano reef aquarium and stand package made for aquarists who want a compact, bright, modern Red Sea reef system with integrated lighting, filtration, skimming, circulation, auto top-off, and cabinet support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis complete MAX NANO G2 system combines a rimless ultra-clear cube aquarium, white marine-spec cabinet, ReefLED G2 60 lighting, REEF-SPEC rear sump filtration, MAX NANO protein skimmer, 950 LPH circulation pump, automatic top-off, power-center control, and upgrade-ready rear sump layout. It is designed to give hobbyists a clean plug-and-play reef platform that looks finished in a home, office, condo, showroom, or smaller display area while still offering genuine coral-keeping performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 White Complete Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium all-in-one nano reef:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 White includes the aquarium, white cabinet, lighting, filtration, skimmer, pump, auto top-off, rear sump, and power-center control in one coordinated system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 75 litre system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Cube model provides 75 litres \/ 19.8 gallons of total water volume, giving reef keepers a manageable system that still has the equipment depth needed for a successful nano reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean white furniture finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet creates a bright, contemporary look that pairs well with modern decor, light walls, office spaces, retail areas, and clean minimalist rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced cube footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 45 cm cube layout gives useful front-to-back depth for aquascaping while keeping the aquarium compact enough for smaller spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponent-matched design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea selects the lighting, skimmer, return pump, filtration layout, cabinet, and control hardware to work together, reducing the guesswork common with custom nano reef builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent first reef system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 is especially attractive for new reef keepers who want reliable equipment selection from the start, while still giving experienced aquarists a refined compact reef platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRimless Ultra-Clear Cube Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 uses ultra-clear front and side glass panels to create a sharper, brighter viewing experience with reduced colour distortion compared with standard glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top rimless design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The braceless look gives the aquarium a premium display style while making aquascaping, coral placement, feeding, and maintenance easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCube aquascaping proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 45 cm length, 45 cm width, and 45 cm height create a balanced reef canvas with space for rock islands, ledges, small caves, coral gardens, and open swimming areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact but visually substantial:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cube format keeps the system easy to place while giving the reef more visual depth than many narrow nano aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden rear equipment area:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump keeps filtration components behind the display, helping the tank look clean and display-focused from the main viewing angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright display presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white stand gives the aquarium a lighter visual footprint and helps the overall installation feel clean, modern, and open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED G2 60 Lighting and Smart Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED G2 60:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 White includes Red Sea’s ReefLED G2 60 light, giving the system a reef-specific LED fixture designed for coral growth, colour, and everyday viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTunable REEF-SPEC output:\u003c\/strong\u003e The light can be adjusted from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue, allowing the user to balance coral fluorescence, brightness, and personal viewing preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced blue spectrum:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEF-SPEC Blue output includes violet, ultraviolet, and 470 nm blue wavelengths to help bring out coral fluorescence and fish colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight channel:\u003c\/strong\u003e A separate 3W moonlight channel provides subtle nighttime illumination without using the main high-output daytime channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wi-Fi control through ReefBeat provides scheduling, acclimation, random cloud effects, lunar cycle moonlight, staggered sunrise and sunset, and manual custom viewing modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable mounting system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefLED mount is fixed to the rear wall of the aquarium and can rotate upward to improve access during reefscaping, cleaning, and rear-sump service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong visual impact:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 lighting helps the white MAX NANO G2 look crisp and bright while giving corals the colour pop customers expect from a modern reef display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eHidden REEF-SPEC Filtration System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete filtration path is hidden behind the display and covered by a rotatable screen, preserving the clean look of the cube while keeping equipment accessible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable surface skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surface water is directed into the rear sump, helping pull oily film and floating debris from the display before it reduces clarity and gas exchange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical filter bag:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplied 225 micron filter bag captures suspended particles and helps polish the water before it passes through the rest of the filtration system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated skimmer removes dissolved organics and helps oxygenate the water, supporting nutrient control in a compact reef aquarium where stability matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC skimmer criteria:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer is designed to pass the aquarium volume through the skimmer multiple times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet adjustable operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer includes an adjustable outlet gate, built-in intake silencing, and outlet noise reduction to help maintain consistent performance with less disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive-flow media shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fixed media shelf is positioned for direct water flow through filtration media and comes supplied with Red Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble management:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump includes a bubble trap before the return section to help reduce microbubbles in the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCirculation for a Healthy Nano Reef\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e950 LPH pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included circulation pump moves approximately 950 litres \/ 240 gallons per hour through the filtration system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh system turnover:\u003c\/strong\u003e The return pump circulates the aquarium volume many times per hour through the rear sump, helping keep filtration active and water moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable return direction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water returns to the aquarium through a discreet multidirectional nozzle that can be aimed to improve flow around rockwork and reduce low-flow detritus zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports coral health:\u003c\/strong\u003e Consistent water movement helps deliver oxygen, nutrients, trace elements, and minerals to corals while helping carry waste toward the filtration intake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean display interior:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pump and rear-sump hardware are hidden outside the main display area, keeping the aquascape cleaner and more natural looking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable flow options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coral-heavy or SPS-leaning layouts may benefit from an added small wavemaker depending on livestock, coral placement, and aquascape structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eAuto Top-Off and Upgrade-Ready Rear Sump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ATO system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 includes an automatic top-off unit to help maintain a stable rear-sump water level as evaporation occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden freshwater storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1.5 litre \/ 0.4 gallon freshwater reservoir is tucked behind the rear sump screen so the system stays visually clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced daily top-off work:\u003c\/strong\u003e The reservoir is designed to support roughly three days of top-off under typical conditions, helping reduce the day-to-day maintenance burden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system can be upgraded with the optional Red Sea ReefATO+ for advanced top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is prepared for the optional Red Sea NanoMat, giving the system a future path to automatic fleece-roll mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible long-term platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 can start as a clean stock system and then accept automation upgrades as the reef grows or the aquarist wants more convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Cabinet and Integrated Power Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching white cabinet included:\u003c\/strong\u003e This complete system includes the white Red Sea cabinet, creating a finished tank-and-stand installation straight from the start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec cabinet design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses a marine-focused construction with laminate exterior, weather-resistant painted doors, push-open hardware, and soft-close stainless steel hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright furniture-style look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white stand visually lightens the aquarium and works especially well in clean contemporary rooms, offices, reception spaces, and modern home displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in pump power center:\u003c\/strong\u003e Conveniently located on\/off switches for the skimmer and circulation pump make feeding, cleaning, and service easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner system management:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated cabinet and control layout help reduce loose cords, exposed equipment, and the unfinished appearance often seen with DIY nano reef setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy maintenance access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump screen, mechanical filter bag, media area, ATO reservoir, skimmer, and power controls are arranged for practical routine service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 litres \/ 19.8 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62 litres \/ 16.4 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 cm L x 45 cm W x 45 cm H \/ 17.7 in x 17.7 in x 17.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132 cm \/ 52 in excluding the light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 8 mm ultra-clear front and side panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 LPH \/ 240 GPH circulation pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration path:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removable surface skimmer, 225 micron filter bag, MAX NANO protein skimmer, fixed media shelf, REEF-SPEC Carbon, bubble trap, return pump, and multidirectional return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated ATO with 1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat ready and ReefATO+ ready with optional add-ons sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saltwater nano reef, premium first reef aquarium, soft coral display, LPS reef, mixed nano reef, and compact modern reef display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for Reef Planning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 Complete System - White is ideal for aquarists who want a clean compact reef aquarium with integrated equipment and a bright furniture-style cabinet finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included ReefLED G2 60 and REEF-SPEC filtration make the aquarium well suited for thoughtfully stocked soft coral, LPS, and mixed nano reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigher-demand coral planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPS-focused setups require careful placement, additional flow planning, stable chemistry, and consistent testing in a system this compact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResponsible stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fish and invertebrate choices should be matched to the 20 gallon class system volume, adult size, temperament, swimming behaviour, and nutrient output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-off reservoir care:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep the freshwater reservoir filled with suitable freshwater so the automatic top-off system can maintain stable sump level and salinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional upgrades:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat, ReefATO+, heater, wavemaker, testing equipment, dosing equipment, rock, sand, salt, livestock, and additional filtration media are sold separately unless specifically stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kybCfrQBzu8\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the location carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose a level, structurally suitable location with power access, enough maintenance room, and a safe path for water changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild the cabinet first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble and level the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck level before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the stand and aquarium are level before adding water, rock, or sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the filtration components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the surface skimmer, filter bag, protein skimmer, media shelf, carbon, bubble trap, pump, ATO reservoir, and return nozzle are installed correctly before startup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off to help maintain cleaner chemistry and reduce avoidable algae problems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle the aquarium first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding livestock, then add fish and corals gradually to keep the nano reef stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse lighting acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start new corals with ReefBeat acclimation settings and increase intensity gradually to reduce sudden light stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep the rear sump clean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Service the filter bag, skimmer, carbon, ATO reservoir, and return pump regularly so the compact filtration system continues working efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite Red Sea cabinet stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e950 LPH \/ 240 GPH return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 micron filter bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed media shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 g Red Sea REEF-SPEC Carbon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional adjustable return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 L \/ 0.4 gal freshwater reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump power center with on\/off switches for skimmer and circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41399095459930,"sku":"AQ-RSM001W","price":1799.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/aq-rsm001w_29d7de58-a6f5-42a1-882c-037b3e8a53f5.jpg?v=1743192795"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-g2-xl-aquarium","title":"Red Sea Max Nano G2 XL Aquarium","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XL Aquarium\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano G2 XL Aquarium is a premium 125 litre \/ 33 gallon all-in-one reef aquarium system designed for hobbyists who want more room than a standard nano reef while still keeping the clean rear-sump layout, integrated equipment, and compact Red Sea MAX NANO footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis aquarium-only version includes the reef-ready tank system and core MAX NANO G2 equipment without a cabinet, making it ideal for customers who already have a suitable stand plan or need to match the aquarium into a custom installation. It combines rimless 10 mm ultra-clear glass, ReefLED G2 60 lighting, REEF-SPEC filtration, a MAX NANO XL protein skimmer, 1550 LPH Sicce return circulation, integrated auto top-off, a hidden rear sump, pump power control, NanoMat readiness, and ReefATO+ upgrade compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XL Aquarium System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeepest and widest MAX NANO layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL format is larger than the Cube and Peninsula models, giving reef keepers more room for aquascaping, coral placement, open swimming space, and long-term coral growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 litre \/ 33 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added water volume provides more stability than smaller nano systems while still staying manageable for routine maintenance, water changes, and equipment access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquarium-only configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version is supplied without the cabinet, allowing installation on an appropriate customer-supplied stand or custom furniture-style base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete all-in-one reef equipment package:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquarium includes lighting, rear sump filtration, skimming, circulation, automatic top-off, surface skimming, media handling, and power control rather than requiring the customer to choose every component separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for serious compact reefs:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 XL is a strong fit for aquarists who want a premium compact reef system with more coral room than a typical desktop nano aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eXL Reef Display with Ultra-Clear Glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the MAX NANO G2 XL with 10 mm rimless ultra-clear glass for a crisp, premium viewing experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 x 60 x 50 cm display proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL footprint adds valuable depth and width, making the reef feel more open and less cramped than a smaller cube-style system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore aquascaping freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wider 60 cm dimension gives room for rock islands, caves, coral ledges, negative space, open sand sections, and layered coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean rimless presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The open-top design keeps the focus on the reef and gives the aquarium a modern display-tank look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden equipment area:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump keeps filtration hardware behind the display so the main viewing area stays clean, natural, and reef-focused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED G2 60 Lighting and ReefBeat Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED G2 60:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 XL includes Red Sea’s ReefBeat app-controlled ReefLED G2 60 light for reef-specific coral growth and colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC spectrum:\u003c\/strong\u003e The light can be tuned from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue, giving the aquarist control over daylight appearance, fluorescence, and coral-focused output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced blue channel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEF-SPEC Blue output includes violet, ultraviolet, and boosted 470 nm blue wavelengths to help fish and corals show strong colour and fluorescence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight channel:\u003c\/strong\u003e A separate 3W moonlight channel provides subtle nighttime viewing without using the primary daytime light channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting can be scheduled and adjusted through ReefBeat, including acclimation, lunar cycle, staggered sunrise and sunset, random clouds, and custom viewing modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable mounting arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e The LED mounting system attaches to the rear wall and can rotate upward for reefscaping, cleaning, and rear-sump access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Rear Sump Filtration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully hidden rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The filtration system sits behind the display and is covered by a rotatable rear screen for a clean appearance and quick maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water enters through a removable surface skimmer to help remove surface film and improve oxygen exchange, clarity, and light penetration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron filter sock:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical filter sock traps suspended debris before water continues through the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO XL protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated skimmer is designed around Red Sea’s REEF-SPEC criteria and helps remove dissolved organics before they break down into excess nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong skimmer processing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer is designed to pass the aquarium volume through the skimmer approximately three times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical media chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e A dedicated media area provides a clean location for carbon or other chemical filtration media when water polishing or targeted filtration is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap return path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump routes water through a bubble trap before returning it to the display to help reduce distracting microbubbles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCirculation, Auto Top-Off, and Upgrade Path\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1550 LPH Sicce return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL includes a 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pump that moves the full system volume through the filtration path about ten times per hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable return nozzle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water returns through a multidirectional nozzle that can be aimed to improve movement around rockwork and reduce low-flow detritus zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 XL includes an ATO unit with a 2.7 L \/ 0.7 gal freshwater reservoir hidden behind the rear screen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShort-term evaporation support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the XL reservoir as sufficient for approximately 2-3 days of evaporation under typical conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is designed so the filter sock compartment can be upgraded with an optional Red Sea NanoMat automatic fleece roller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is prepared for optional ReefATO+ integration for advanced top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump power center:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convenient on\/off switches for the skimmer and circulation pump make feeding and maintenance easier without unplugging equipment manually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XL Aquarium Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 litres \/ 33 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 111 litres \/ 29.3 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm L x 60 cm W x 50 cm H \/ 19.7 in x 23.6 in x 19.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137 cm \/ 54 in excluding the light unit when installed with a matching cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 10 mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear sump with removable surface skimmer, 225 micron filter sock, MAX NANO XL protein skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, and adjustable return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated ATO with 2.7 L \/ 0.7 gal freshwater reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat ready and ReefATO+ ready with optional add-ons sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included with this aquarium-only version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for XL Reef Planning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for saltwater reef aquariums, soft coral systems, LPS reefs, mixed reef displays, and hobbyists wanting a larger nano-style all-in-one platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e This aquarium-only version must be placed on a suitable stand or support structure capable of safely supporting the filled aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefLED G2 60 and larger footprint give useful flexibility for soft corals, LPS corals, and carefully planned mixed reef layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The return pump provides strong system turnover, but additional wavemaker flow may be useful depending on rockwork and coral selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabinet, livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, wavemaker, test kits, dosing equipment, optional NanoMat, optional ReefATO+, and additional filtration media are sold separately unless stated otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse proper support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Install the aquarium only on a level, structurally suitable aquarium stand or support surface designed for the filled system weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck level before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the aquarium is level before adding water, rock, or sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall rear sump components first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the surface skimmer, filter sock, skimmer, media chamber, bubble trap, pump, ATO reservoir, and return nozzle are correctly installed before startup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off to help maintain cleaner chemistry and reduce avoidable algae issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock slowly to maintain stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse lighting acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use ReefBeat acclimation settings when starting the aquarium or adding new corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the filter sock, service the skimmer, refill the top-off reservoir, and keep the rear chamber clear so flow remains strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XL rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO XL protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 micron filter sock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional adjustable return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.7 L \/ 0.7 gal freshwater reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump power center with on\/off switches for skimmer and circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41399210639450,"sku":"AQ-RSMM001","price":1799.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redsea_maxnano_g2_xl-3.jpg?v=1743205264"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-g2-xxl-aquarium","title":"Red Sea Max Nano G2 XXL Aquarium","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XXL Aquarium\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano G2 XXL Aquarium is a premium 200 litre \/ 53 gallon all-in-one reef aquarium system that brings the clean rear-sump simplicity of the MAX NANO family into a larger 90 cm display format with serious reef capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis aquarium-only XXL version is built for hobbyists who want a pro-size compact reef display without committing to a traditional plumbed sump system. It includes a rimless 12 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, two ReefLED G2 60 lights, a fully hidden rear sump, MAX NANO protein skimming, dual 1550 LPH Sicce return pumps, two pump power centers, NanoMat-ready mechanical filtration, ReefATO+ readiness, and the expanded length needed for more natural fish movement, broader aquascapes, and more substantial coral placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XXL Aquarium System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest MAX NANO G2 model:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL is the biggest member of the MAX NANO family, offering a 90 cm long display while keeping all primary filtration equipment hidden behind the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 litre \/ 53 gallon system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger water volume provides more stability, more livestock planning flexibility, and more room for coral growth than smaller all-in-one nano systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquarium-only configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version does not include a cabinet, making it suitable for customers who have a safe custom stand plan or need the aquarium for a built-in installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-light layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two ReefLED G2 60 fixtures provide more even coverage across the longer display than a single light would.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-pump circulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two 1550 LPH Sicce return pumps move water through the rear filtration system and return it to the display through two adjustable return nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-in-one without a visible sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear-sump design keeps equipment concealed while avoiding the plumbing complexity of a traditional below-tank sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eXXL Ultra-Clear Display and 90 cm Reef Canvas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 mm rimless ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the XXL with 12 mm ultra-clear glass for a strong, premium, low-tint viewing experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 cm display length:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer aquarium creates a more natural reef layout, giving fish more horizontal movement space and corals more room to grow out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e53 gallon class presence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL has the visual impact of a substantial reef display while maintaining the hidden-equipment simplicity of an all-in-one system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter aquascaping options:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 90 x 55 x 50 cm display supports island structures, open channels, bommies, ledges, caves, and mixed coral zones with more breathing room than smaller MAX NANO models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean open-top design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless format gives the aquarium a modern high-end look and provides excellent access for maintenance and coral placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden rear equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump and rotatable screen keep filtration equipment out of the display so the reef remains the focal point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDual ReefLED G2 60 Lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo ReefLED G2 60 fixtures:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MAX NANO G2 XXL includes two ReefBeat app-controlled ReefLED G2 60 lights for improved coverage across the 90 cm aquarium length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each ReefLED G2 60 delivers coral-focused output adjustable from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced fluorescence:\u003c\/strong\u003e Violet, ultraviolet, and boosted 470 nm blue wavelengths help bring out coral fluorescence and fish colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight channels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lights include 3W moonlight channels for subtle nighttime viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat app ecosystem:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefBeat control supports schedules, acclimation, random clouds, lunar cycle moonlight, staggered sunrise and sunset, and manual custom modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable mounting arms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lighting mounts rotate upward for access during reefscaping, cleaning, and rear-sump service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved spread for a larger display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual lights help reduce dark zones and make the longer XXL layout more suitable for multiple coral islands and broader coral placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eXXL Rear Sump Filtration and Skimming\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully hidden rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL keeps filtration and circulation hardware behind the display while maintaining easy access through the rotatable rear screen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water flows into the rear sump through a removable surface skimmer to help remove surface film and support gas exchange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron filter sock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical filtration captures suspended particles before water continues to the protein skimmer and media chamber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated skimmer is built around Red Sea’s REEF-SPEC criteria and helps remove dissolved organics while oxygenating the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh skimmer throughput:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea describes the MAX NANO skimmer as passing the system volume through the skimmer approximately three times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical media chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump includes a media area for carbon or other chemical filtration when the aquarium needs water polishing or targeted nutrient support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap and dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water passes through the bubble trap before returning to the display through two multidirectional adjustable nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDual Return Pumps and Upgrade-Ready Rear Sump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 1550 LPH Sicce pumps:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL includes two 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pumps for strong system turnover and balanced circulation across the longer display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 10x turnover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the MAX NANO G2 circulation system as moving the tank’s entire water volume about ten times per hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo adjustable return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual multidirectional returns allow better flow targeting across the longer aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is prepared for optional Red Sea NanoMat automatic fleece-roll mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL is ReefATO+ ready for optional advanced top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo included ATO reservoir:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea notes that the automatic top-off reservoir included with smaller MAX NANO G2 models is not included in the MAX NANO G2 XXL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo pump power centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL includes two power centers with convenient switches for easier control during feeding and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XXL Aquarium Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 litres \/ 53 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 169 litres \/ 45 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 cm L x 55 cm W x 50 cm H \/ 35.4 in x 21.7 in x 19.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137 cm \/ 54 in excluding the light unit when installed with a matching cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 12 mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pumps:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x multidirectional adjustable return nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear sump with removable surface skimmer, 225 micron filter sock, MAX NANO protein skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, and dual returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included in the MAX NANO G2 XXL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pump power centers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included with this aquarium-only version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat ready and ReefATO+ ready with optional accessories sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for XXL Reef Planning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for aquarists who want a larger all-in-one reef system with strong display presence and hidden rear filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e This aquarium-only version must be installed on a suitable aquarium stand or support structure designed for the filled system weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The dual ReefLED G2 60 layout and longer display support more varied coral placement than smaller MAX NANO models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The dual return pumps provide strong turnover, but additional wavemaker flow may still be beneficial for coral-heavy or SPS-focused aquascapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-off planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since the XXL does not include the smaller models’ ATO reservoir, evaporation management should be planned before setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabinet, ATO reservoir, livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, wavemaker, test kits, dosing equipment, optional NanoMat, optional ReefATO+, and additional filtration media are sold separately unless stated otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XXL Product Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ZOGaLy5GMdw\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse proper support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Install the aquarium only on a level stand or support structure rated for the filled system weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck level before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the aquarium is level before adding water, rock, or sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the rear sump equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm both return pumps, the filter sock, skimmer, media chamber, bubble trap, surface skimmer, and return nozzles are correctly installed before startup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan top-off equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL does not include the smaller models’ ATO reservoir, so plan evaporation replacement before stocking the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for salt mixing and top-off to support stable reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse lighting acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use ReefBeat acclimation settings when introducing new corals under the dual ReefLEDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean mechanical filtration, service the skimmer, inspect both pumps, and keep the rear chamber clear for reliable flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XXL rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x ReefLED mounting arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 micron filter sock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x multidirectional adjustable return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x pump power centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41669179736154,"sku":"AQ-RSMM002","price":3249.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/red_sea_max_nano_g2_xxl_aquarium_no_stand-1.jpg?v=1743205652"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-g2-xxl-and-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Max Nano G2 XXL and Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XXL and Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano G2 XXL and Black Cabinet is a premium 200 litre \/ 53 gallon all-in-one reef aquarium and cabinet package designed for aquarists who want the largest MAX NANO G2 display with hidden rear filtration, dual ReefLED lighting, dual return pumps, and a clean black stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis XXL system delivers the scale and presence of a larger reef aquarium while keeping the simplicity of an all-in-one rear-sump design. It includes a rimless 12 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, two ReefLED G2 60 lights, REEF-SPEC rear sump filtration, MAX NANO protein skimming, two 1550 LPH Sicce return pumps, two pump power centers, NanoMat readiness, ReefATO+ upgrade compatibility, and a matching black marine-spec cabinet for a finished high-contrast reef display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XXL Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest MAX NANO G2 package:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL is the biggest model in the MAX NANO G2 family, built for reef keepers who want more display length and water volume without moving into a traditional plumbed sump system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete aquarium and cabinet system:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version includes both the XXL aquarium and the matching black cabinet for a coordinated furniture-style installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e53 gallon total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 200 litre volume gives more stability, more coral capacity, and more livestock planning room than smaller MAX NANO models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual ReefLED G2 60 lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two app-controlled lights provide broader coverage across the longer 90 cm display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual return pump circulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two 1550 LPH Sicce pumps support strong system turnover and balanced return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet frames the aquarium cleanly and gives the reef a bold, modern, high-contrast appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eXXL Rimless Display with Black Cabinet Integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the XXL with 12 mm rimless ultra-clear glass for a strong, premium viewing panel with excellent clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 cm display length:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer format creates room for a more natural reefscape, better horizontal swimming space, and more coral placement zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge all-in-one presence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system has the visual impact of a larger reef aquarium while keeping filtration concealed in the rear sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern black stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e The matching black cabinet creates a finished installation and visually grounds the aquarium in living rooms, offices, showrooms, and dedicated reef spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless design provides easy access for aquascaping, feeding, coral placement, and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden equipment profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rotatable rear screen conceals filtration and circulation equipment without making service difficult.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDual ReefLED G2 60 Lighting and ReefBeat Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo included ReefLED G2 60 fixtures:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL uses dual ReefLED G2 60 lights for better spread across the wider system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC spectrum:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each light is tunable from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue for coral-focused lighting and viewing preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced blue output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Violet, ultraviolet, and boosted 470 nm blue wavelengths help produce strong coral fluorescence and colour pop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight channels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate 3W moonlight channels provide low-level nighttime viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat smart control:\u003c\/strong\u003e The app supports lighting schedules, acclimation, lunar cycle, random clouds, staggered sunrise and sunset, and custom manual modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable arms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lights can be rotated upward for access to the rear sump and display during maintenance or reefscaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter coral layout flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual lighting makes the XXL more practical for multiple coral islands, mixed reef zones, and longer aquascapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Rear Sump and Protein Skimming\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden filtration chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump houses filtration and circulation equipment behind the aquarium so the display remains clean and natural-looking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable surface skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surface water enters the rear sump to help remove film and keep oxygen exchange and light penetration strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron filter sock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical filtration captures suspended debris before water reaches the skimmer and media chamber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer helps remove dissolved organics and thoroughly oxygenate the aquarium water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC skimmer criteria:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea describes the skimmer as passing the system volume through approximately three times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical media chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e A dedicated media area allows the use of carbon or other chemical filtration media for water polishing and targeted filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap and dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump path helps reduce microbubbles before water returns to the display through two adjustable nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDual Pumps, Power Centers, and Upgrade Readiness\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 1550 LPH Sicce return pumps:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL uses two Sicce pumps for strong circulation through the rear filtration system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo adjustable return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual return outlets allow the aquarist to direct flow across the longer display more effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 10x turnover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the circulation system as moving the tank’s water volume about ten times per hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo pump power centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL includes two power centers with convenient control for feeding, maintenance, and service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is designed for optional Red Sea NanoMat automatic fleece-roll filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system can be upgraded with optional ReefATO+ functionality for advanced top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eATO planning required:\u003c\/strong\u003e The automatic top-off reservoir supplied with smaller MAX NANO G2 systems is not included with the XXL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XXL Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 litres \/ 53 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 169 litres \/ 45 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 cm L x 55 cm W x 50 cm H \/ 35.4 in x 21.7 in x 19.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137 cm \/ 54 in excluding the light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 12 mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pumps:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x multidirectional adjustable return nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear sump with removable surface skimmer, 225 micron filter sock, MAX NANO protein skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, and dual returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included in the MAX NANO G2 XXL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pump power centers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat ready and ReefATO+ ready with optional accessories sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the XXL Black System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for reef keepers who want a larger all-in-one reef aquarium with strong display impact and concealed rear filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual ReefLED G2 60 fixtures and the longer display support more varied coral placement than smaller MAX NANO systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The dual return pumps provide strong turnover, but additional wavemakers may be useful for higher-flow corals or dense aquascapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-off planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the XXL does not include the smaller models’ ATO reservoir, evaporation management should be planned separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e ATO reservoir, livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, wavemaker, test kits, dosing equipment, optional NanoMat, optional ReefATO+, and additional filtration media are sold separately unless stated otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XXL Product Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ZOGaLy5GMdw\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble the cabinet first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build and level the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck level support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the cabinet and aquarium are level before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall both pump systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm both return pumps, return nozzles, power centers, and rear-sump components are correctly installed before startup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan top-off separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL does not include the smaller models’ ATO reservoir, so top-off equipment or routine manual top-off should be planned before stocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for salt mixing and top-off to support clean reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse ReefBeat acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acclimate corals gradually under the dual ReefLED fixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the filter sock, service the skimmer, inspect both pumps, and keep the rear sump clear for reliable flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XXL rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack Red Sea marine-spec cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x ReefLED mounting arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 micron filter sock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x multidirectional adjustable return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x pump power centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41669181046874,"sku":"AQ-RSMM002B","price":3849.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/red_sea_max_nano_g2_xxl_aquarium_with_black_stand-1.jpg?v=1743205641"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-g2-xxl-and-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Max Nano G2 XXL and White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XXL and White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano G2 XXL and White Cabinet is a premium 200 litre \/ 53 gallon all-in-one reef aquarium and stand package designed for aquarists who want the largest MAX NANO G2 display with dual ReefLED lighting, dual return pumps, hidden rear filtration, and a bright modern white cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis XXL system gives reef keepers a much larger reef canvas than the smaller MAX NANO models while preserving the clean all-in-one layout that keeps equipment behind the display. It includes a rimless 12 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, two ReefLED G2 60 lights, REEF-SPEC rear sump filtration, MAX NANO protein skimming, two 1550 LPH Sicce return pumps, two pump power centers, NanoMat readiness, ReefATO+ upgrade compatibility, and a matching white marine-spec cabinet for a polished furniture-style installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XXL White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest MAX NANO G2 with white cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL gives reef keepers the biggest MAX NANO footprint with a clean white stand for a bright, contemporary display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 litre \/ 53 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger system volume supports better stability, more coral placement, and more display presence than smaller nano systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete aquarium and stand package:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version includes the XXL aquarium and matching white cabinet, reducing stand-selection uncertainty and giving the installation a coordinated look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual ReefLED G2 lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two ReefLED G2 60 fixtures provide reef-specific lighting coverage across the longer 90 cm display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual return pumps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two 1550 LPH Sicce pumps move water through the rear sump and return it through two adjustable nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge all-in-one simplicity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system offers a larger reef display while keeping core filtration hidden behind the aquarium rather than in a separate below-tank sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eXXL Ultra-Clear Glass and White Cabinet Styling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 mm rimless ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the XXL with 12 mm ultra-clear glass for a strong premium display with excellent viewing clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 cm long reef canvas:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 90 x 55 x 50 cm aquarium gives room for larger aquascapes, multiple coral islands, open swimming areas, and more natural reef proportions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright white cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white stand gives the large system a clean, modern, lighter visual profile that suits contemporary interiors and display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless layout makes aquascaping, cleaning, feeding, and coral placement easier while maintaining a high-end look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden equipment presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump and screen keep filtration hardware out of sight so the reef remains the visual focus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoom centerpiece potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL White system is large enough to become a major display feature while remaining cleaner and simpler than many custom sump-based reef builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDual ReefLED G2 60 Lighting and ReefBeat Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo included ReefLED G2 60 lights:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL uses dual app-controlled ReefLED fixtures to cover the longer display more effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-focused REEF-SPEC output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each light can be tuned from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced fluorescence support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Violet, ultraviolet, and boosted 470 nm blue wavelengths help corals and fish display strong colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight channels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The separate 3W moonlight channels provide subtle nighttime viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat smart functions:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefBeat provides scheduling, acclimation, lunar cycle moonlight, random clouds, staggered sunrise and sunset, and custom manual modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable light arms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mounting arms rotate upward for access during cleaning, coral placement, and rear-sump maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore even display coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual fixtures help support broader coral placement and a more balanced look across the 90 cm aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eHidden Rear Sump and REEF-SPEC Filtration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully concealed rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filtration equipment sits behind the display and is covered by a rotatable screen for a clean room-facing presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water enters through a removable surface skimmer to help remove surface film and maintain water clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron filter sock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical filtration captures fine suspended particles before water continues to the skimmer and media area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated protein skimmer removes dissolved organics and helps oxygenate the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC skimmer performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea describes the skimmer as passing the system volume through approximately three times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical media chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in media area supports carbon or other chemical media for water polishing or targeted filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap and dual nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water passes through a bubble trap before returning to the display through two multidirectional adjustable return nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDual Sicce Pumps and Upgrade-Ready Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 1550 LPH Sicce return pumps:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL includes two return pumps for strong flow through the rear sump system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 10x turnover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the MAX NANO G2 circulation system as moving the aquarium’s water volume about ten times per hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo adjustable return outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual returns improve flow direction options across the longer display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo pump power centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convenient pump switches make feeding, cleaning, and service easier on the larger XXL system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is compatible with optional Red Sea NanoMat automatic fleece-roll filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is ready for optional ReefATO+ upgrade functionality for advanced top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo included ATO reservoir:\u003c\/strong\u003e The automatic top-off reservoir supplied with smaller MAX NANO G2 models is not included with the XXL, so top-off planning is important.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XXL White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 litres \/ 53 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 169 litres \/ 45 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 cm L x 55 cm W x 50 cm H \/ 35.4 in x 21.7 in x 19.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137 cm \/ 54 in excluding the light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 12 mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pumps:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x multidirectional adjustable return nozzles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear sump with removable surface skimmer, 225 micron filter sock, MAX NANO protein skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, and dual returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not included in the MAX NANO G2 XXL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pump power centers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat ready and ReefATO+ ready with optional accessories sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the XXL White System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for reef keepers wanting a larger all-in-one display with a bright cabinet finish and hidden rear filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual ReefLED G2 60 lighting and the 90 cm length provide more flexibility for mixed reef layouts and broader coral placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The dual return pumps provide strong turnover, but additional wavemakers may be useful for SPS-heavy or dense coral systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvaporation planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since the XXL does not include the smaller models’ ATO reservoir, plan top-off equipment or routine freshwater replacement before setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e ATO reservoir, livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, wavemaker, test kits, dosing equipment, optional NanoMat, optional ReefATO+, and additional filtration media are sold separately unless stated otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XXL Product Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ZOGaLy5GMdw\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble the cabinet first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build and level the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm level support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the cabinet and aquarium before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall rear sump equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm both return pumps, the skimmer, filter sock, media chamber, bubble trap, surface skimmer, power centers, and return nozzles are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan top-off separately:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XXL does not include the smaller models’ ATO reservoir, so evaporation replacement should be planned before livestock is added.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for saltwater mixing and top-off to maintain stable reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse lighting acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use ReefBeat acclimation settings to introduce corals gradually under the dual ReefLED fixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService the rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the filter sock, service the skimmer, inspect both return pumps, and keep the rear sump clear for consistent flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XXL rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite Red Sea marine-spec cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x ReefLED mounting arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 micron filter sock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x multidirectional adjustable return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x pump power centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41669186453594,"sku":"AQ-RSMM002W","price":3849.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/red_sea_max_nano_g2_xxl_aquarium_with_white_stand-1.jpg?v=1744132466"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-g2-xl-and-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Max Nano G2 XL and Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XL and Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano G2 XL and Black Cabinet is a premium 125 litre \/ 33 gallon all-in-one reef aquarium and stand package designed for reef keepers who want a larger MAX NANO G2 display with integrated equipment, clean black furniture-style support, and Red Sea’s reef-ready rear-sump layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis complete XL package pairs the MAX NANO G2 XL aquarium with a matching black marine-spec cabinet, giving the system a polished high-contrast look while providing the core reef equipment needed to build a compact but serious coral display. The system includes rimless 10 mm ultra-clear glass, ReefLED G2 60 lighting, a hidden rear sump, REEF-SPEC protein skimming, 1550 LPH Sicce return circulation, automatic top-off, pump power control, NanoMat readiness, and optional ReefATO+ compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XL Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete aquarium and cabinet package:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version includes both the MAX NANO G2 XL aquarium and the matching black Red Sea cabinet for a finished display installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e33 gallon XL system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 125 litre total volume gives more water stability, coral room, and aquascaping depth than smaller nano reef systems while remaining easier to manage than a large custom reef tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black stand gives the system a clean, modern, high-contrast look that helps equipment and shadows visually recede while coral colour stands out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-play reef engineering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, skimming, filtration, return flow, surface skimming, top-off, cabinet support, and pump control are designed as a coordinated Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent upgrade from smaller nanos:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL is ideal for aquarists who like the simplicity of an all-in-one aquarium but want more aquascaping space and stronger long-term reef potential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear XL Display and Black Cabinet Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless 10 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the XL with 10 mm ultra-clear glass for a clean, sharp display that shows coral colour, fish movement, and reef lighting with excellent clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWider and deeper MAX NANO footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 50 x 60 x 50 cm display gives reef keepers more room to build a dimensional aquascape with negative space, rock islands, caves, shelves, and coral growth zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless top gives the aquarium a modern look and keeps access simple for feeding, coral placement, cleaning, and aquascaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching black marine-spec cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is built for the system and provides a coordinated furniture-style base rather than a generic support stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean equipment concealment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump and rotatable rear screen keep equipment hidden while still allowing practical access for maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong display impact:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet visually frames the reef, making the aquarium a strong focal point in living rooms, offices, showrooms, and dedicated aquarium spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED G2 60 Lighting and Smart Reef Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED G2 60:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL includes one ReefBeat app-controlled ReefLED G2 60 light matched to the system for reef aquarium use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral-focused spectrum:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 60 delivers Red Sea’s REEF-SPEC lighting with output adjustable from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour and fluorescence support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Violet, ultraviolet, and boosted 470 nm blue wavelengths help enhance coral fluorescence and fish colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3W moonlight channel allows low-level nighttime viewing without using the main daytime light channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat scheduling:\u003c\/strong\u003e App control includes daily schedules, acclimation, random clouds, lunar cycle moonlight, staggered sunrise and sunset, and custom manual modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e The light mount rotates upward to make rear-sump service, cleaning, and reefscaping more convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eHidden REEF-SPEC Rear Sump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated filtration chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete rear sump keeps equipment out of the main display and hidden behind a rotatable screen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimmer intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water is pulled from the surface to help remove surface film and maintain better gas exchange, clarity, and light penetration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron filter sock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical filtration helps trap floating debris before it reaches the skimmer and media sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO XL protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer helps remove dissolved organic waste and oxygenate the water, supporting nutrient control in a coral-focused reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC skimmer performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer is designed to process the aquarium volume approximately three times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical media chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump includes a dedicated media area for carbon or other chemical filtration media when the aquarium needs water polishing or targeted filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump path helps reduce microbubbles before water returns to the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCirculation, Top-Off, and G2 Upgrade Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1550 LPH Sicce return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL uses a 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce pump to move water through the rear filtration system and return it to the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 10x system turnover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the MAX NANO G2 circulation system as moving the tank’s full water volume about ten times per hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable return direction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The multidirectional nozzle can be aimed to improve flow around rockwork and help reduce dead spots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ATO reservoir:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included automatic top-off uses a hidden 2.7 L \/ 0.7 gal freshwater reservoir designed to support approximately 2-3 days of evaporation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable filter sock compartment can be upgraded with an optional Red Sea NanoMat for automated fleece-roll mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump is prepared for optional ReefATO+ functionality for advanced top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump power center:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in pump switches make it easier to turn off the skimmer and return pump for feeding and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XL Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 litres \/ 33 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 111 litres \/ 29.3 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm L x 60 cm W x 50 cm H \/ 19.7 in x 23.6 in x 19.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137 cm \/ 54 in excluding the light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 10 mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated ATO with 2.7 L \/ 0.7 gal freshwater reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear sump with removable surface skimmer, 225 micron filter sock, MAX NANO XL skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, and adjustable return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat ready and ReefATO+ ready with optional accessories sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the XL Black System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for reef keepers who want a premium compact reef system with more aquascaping room than the smaller MAX NANO models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral suitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefLED G2 60, rear sump, protein skimmer, and 33 gallon volume support soft coral, LPS, and carefully planned mixed reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The return pump provides strong turnover, but additional internal flow may be useful for coral-heavy rockwork or higher-flow coral placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included black cabinet creates a coordinated installation and avoids the uncertainty of matching the aquarium to a generic stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, wavemaker, test kits, dosing equipment, optional NanoMat, optional ReefATO+, and additional filtration media are sold separately unless stated otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble the cabinet first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build and level the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm level support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check that the cabinet and aquarium are level before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall equipment before startup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the rear sump, skimmer, filter sock, media chamber, pump, ATO reservoir, and return nozzle are properly installed before adding livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off to maintain cleaner reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock the reef gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse ReefBeat acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start corals with appropriate light acclimation and increase output gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the filter sock, maintain the skimmer, refill the ATO reservoir, and keep the rear sump clear to preserve flow and filtration performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XL rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack Red Sea marine-spec cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO XL protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 micron filter sock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional adjustable return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.7 L \/ 0.7 gal freshwater reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump power center with on\/off switches for skimmer and circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41719835426906,"sku":"AQ-RSMM001B","price":2299.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redsea_maxnano_g2_xl_black-1.jpg?v=1743205761"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-g2-xl-and-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Max Nano G2 XL and White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XL and White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Max Nano G2 XL and White Cabinet is a premium 125 litre \/ 33 gallon all-in-one reef aquarium and stand package built for aquarists who want the larger MAX NANO XL footprint with integrated Red Sea reef equipment and a bright white furniture-style cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis XL system gives reef keepers more aquascaping space than the Cube or Peninsula models while keeping the clean all-in-one rear-sump design that makes the MAX NANO line so appealing. It includes rimless 10 mm ultra-clear glass, ReefLED G2 60 lighting, a hidden REEF-SPEC rear sump, MAX NANO XL protein skimmer, 1550 LPH Sicce return pump, integrated automatic top-off, pump power control, NanoMat readiness, optional ReefATO+ compatibility, and a coordinated white marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XL White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete XL aquarium and stand package:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version includes the MAX NANO G2 XL aquarium and the matching white Red Sea cabinet for a clean finished installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e33 gallon reef-ready platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 125 litre total system volume provides more stability and coral room than smaller nano tanks while staying compact enough for homes, offices, condos, and display areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite furniture-style cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet gives the system a bright, modern appearance that works especially well in contemporary rooms, light-coloured interiors, and clean retail displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-in-one equipment integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea matches the lighting, filtration, skimmer, return pump, ATO, cabinet, and rear sump so customers avoid the usual guesswork of a custom reef build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore room for corals:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL footprint is ideal for reef keepers who want more coral placement space while still enjoying the lower-maintenance feel of a compact all-in-one aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eXL Ultra-Clear Display with White Cabinet Styling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless 10 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s XL specification uses 10 mm ultra-clear glass for a crisp, premium display with reduced tint and excellent reef visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 x 60 x 50 cm display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL dimensions give practical width and depth for better aquascaping, coral spacing, and fish movement than smaller nano footprints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright modern presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet visually lightens the aquarium and helps the complete system feel clean, open, and polished.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top accessibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless design provides easy top-down access for feeding, coral placement, aquascaping, cleaning, and rear-sump service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden equipment layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump keeps skimming, filtration, media, pump, and top-off hardware out of the display area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium compact centerpiece:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL White system has enough presence to become a room feature without requiring the wall space of a larger reef aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefLED G2 60 Lighting with ReefBeat App Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded ReefLED G2 60:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system includes one ReefLED G2 60 light controlled through Red Sea’s ReefBeat app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC output:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefLED G2 60 delivers coral-focused lighting adjustable from 10,000K reef-white to 23,000K REEF-SPEC Blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced blue spectrum:\u003c\/strong\u003e Violet, ultraviolet, and boosted 470 nm blue support coral fluorescence and strong reef colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated moonlight channel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The separate 3W moonlight channel provides low-level night viewing without using the main daytime light channels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmart lighting functions:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefBeat provides scheduling, acclimation, lunar cycle, staggered sunrise and sunset, random clouds, and manual viewing presets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotatable mounting arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e The light arm rotates upward for reefscaping, cleaning, and rear-sump access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRear Sump Filtration and Protein Skimming\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed rear sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The filtration system is hidden behind the display and covered by a rotatable screen for a clean aquarium profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Surface water is pulled into the rear filtration path to help remove film and maintain clear viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron filter sock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical filtration captures suspended particles before water reaches the skimmer and media chamber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMAX NANO XL protein skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated skimmer removes dissolved organics and helps oxygenate the water in a compact coral-focused reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC skimming:\u003c\/strong\u003e The skimmer is designed to process the aquarium volume approximately three times per hour with a 3 to 1 water-to-air ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedia chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The chemical media area allows carbon or other filtration media to be placed where water can move through it effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBubble trap:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout helps reduce microbubbles before water returns to the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eCirculation, ATO, and Upgrade-Ready Convenience\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1550 LPH Sicce return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL system includes a 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pump for strong rear-sump circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout 10x turnover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the circulation system as moving the tank’s entire water volume about ten times per hour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable return nozzle:\u003c\/strong\u003e The multidirectional return can be aimed to improve flow through the display and reduce detritus buildup around rockwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in automatic top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included ATO uses a hidden 2.7 L \/ 0.7 gal freshwater reservoir to help maintain sump water level and salinity stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNanoMat ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear sump can be upgraded with the optional Red Sea NanoMat for automatic fleece-roll mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefATO+ ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional ReefATO+ integration can add advanced top-off, temperature monitoring, and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePump power center:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy-access switches for the skimmer and circulation pump make feeding, maintenance, and service more convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Max Nano G2 XL White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 litres \/ 33 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay tank water volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 111 litres \/ 29.3 gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm L x 60 cm W x 50 cm H \/ 19.7 in x 23.6 in x 19.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137 cm \/ 54 in excluding the light unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless 10 mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 60 with ReefBeat app control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto top-off:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated ATO with 2.7 L \/ 0.7 gal freshwater reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear sump with removable surface skimmer, 225 micron filter sock, MAX NANO XL skimmer, chemical media chamber, bubble trap, and adjustable return nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade readiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e NanoMat ready and ReefATO+ ready with optional accessories sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the XL White System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for aquarists wanting a bright, modern, all-in-one reef aquarium with more room than a typical nano system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoral planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefLED G2 60, protein skimmer, and 33 gallon system volume support soft coral, LPS, and carefully planned mixed reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coral-heavy aquascapes may benefit from an added wavemaker depending on coral selection and rock structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet creates a coordinated setup and avoids uncertainty around choosing a safe support stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Livestock, rock, sand, salt, heater, wavemaker, test kits, dosing equipment, optional NanoMat, optional ReefATO+, and additional filtration media are sold separately unless stated otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild the cabinet first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble and level the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck level before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the stand and aquarium are level before adding water, rock, or sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall rear sump equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the filter sock, skimmer, media chamber, bubble trap, pump, ATO reservoir, and return nozzle are correctly positioned before startup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for salt mixing and top-off to help reduce nuisance algae and avoidable contaminants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock slowly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse ReefBeat acclimation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acclimate new corals gradually with the ReefBeat lighting program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean mechanical filtration, service the skimmer, refill the ATO reservoir, and keep the rear sump clear for consistent performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea MAX NANO G2 XL rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite Red Sea marine-spec cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated rear sump filtration system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60 lighting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX NANO XL protein skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1550 LPH \/ 409 GPH Sicce return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e225 micron filter sock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble trap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultidirectional adjustable return nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated automatic top-off unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.7 L \/ 0.7 gal freshwater reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotatable rear sump screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump power center with on\/off switches for skimmer and circulation pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41719835459674,"sku":"AQ-RSMM001W","price":2299.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redsea_maxnano_g2_xl_white-1.jpg?v=1743205757"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-170-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 170 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 170 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 170 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium compact reef-ready aquarium system for hobbyists who want Red Sea’s proven sump-based REEFER platform in a clean 60 cm footprint with a modern black marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as a serious foundation for a custom saltwater reef build, the REEFER 170 G3 combines a rimless ultra-clear glass display, reinforced cabinet construction, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration section, silent downflow system, ReefGate precision flow control, integrated ReefATO+, and an improved return\/overflow layout. It is ideal for aquarists who want the flexibility to choose their own lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing equipment, and filtration upgrades while starting with a clean professional reef-ready tank and sump system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 170 G3 Compact Reef Foundation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium compact reef system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 170 G3 gives reef keepers a sump-based aquarium platform in a manageable 165 L \/ 43.6 gal total system size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e This base REEFER system lets you choose your own return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, controller, and dosing equipment instead of locking you into a preconfigured MAX or Deluxe package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black marine-spec cabinet gives the system a clean, high-contrast look that helps equipment and shadows visually recede while coral colour stands out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless display style:\u003c\/strong\u003e The smaller REEFER G3 models use a rimless format with smooth beveled edges for a clean modern presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal first serious reef:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 170 is a strong choice for aquarists moving beyond basic all-in-one aquariums into a more expandable sump-based reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ecosystem ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The platform is designed to work naturally with Red Sea ReefRun pumps, REEFER skimmers, ReefLED lighting, ReefMat filtration, ReefATO+, and ReefBeat-connected devices when selected separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear Rimless Display and Black Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 60 cm display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 60 cm length makes the REEFER 170 G3 easy to place in homes, condos, offices, reception areas, and smaller reef spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e128 L \/ 33.8 gal display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display size gives enough room for a refined aquascape, small reef fish, soft corals, LPS corals, and carefully planned mixed reef layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The low-iron viewing panels improve clarity and reduce the greenish tint associated with standard glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced reef proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 60 x 50 x 51 cm display provides useful front-to-back depth for rockwork, coral islands, open sand areas, and natural negative space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is designed for aquarium use with leveling feet to help create stable support on suitable flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern black furniture look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black finish pairs well with dark furniture, entertainment rooms, office spaces, and high-contrast reef displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Water Management and Quiet Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRedesigned flow system:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 systems use improved hydrodynamic piping and water management designed for stronger circulation and more efficient operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent downflow design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular inlet to the downflow pipe helps reduce turbulence for quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bespoke gate valve allows fine downflow adjustment so the system can be tuned for stable, near-silent sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help remove film from the water surface and improve gas exchange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved return outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return outlets help distribute water more effectively back into the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included downflow and return plumbing helps simplify setup compared with sourcing plumbing parts separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass sump included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 170 G3 includes a REEF-SPEC sump designed for efficient filtration, equipment placement, and day-to-day maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump’s mechanical filtration compartment includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional refugium capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout supports flexible filtration planning for nutrient export, media use, and advanced reef equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included smart ATO system helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner cabinet organization:\u003c\/strong\u003e A dedicated sump cabinet keeps filtration equipment, plumbing, ATO components, and future upgrades contained below the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade-friendly design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is ready for a more advanced reef build with optional skimmer, return pump, roller filtration, dosing, and monitoring equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 170 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 165 L \/ 43.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 128 L \/ 33.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37 L \/ 9.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm L x 50 cm W x 51 cm H \/ approx. 23.6 x 19.7 x 20.1 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137 cm \/ approx. 53.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 mm front glass, 12 mm side glass, 10 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 4000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 170 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for saltwater reef aquariums, soft coral systems, LPS coral displays, carefully planned mixed reefs, and compact custom reef builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e This base REEFER system requires a return pump, lighting, heater, and protein skimmer or alternate filtration plan before livestock is added.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose lighting based on coral goals, mounting preference, intensity needs, and desired ReefBeat integration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add appropriate wavemakers or circulation pumps based on rockwork, coral selection, and nutrient transport needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump is ReefMat ready, making it suitable for future automatic fleece-roll filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, rock, sand, salt, livestock, dosing equipment, test kits, and optional ReefMat are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select and install the return pump, skimmer or filtration plan, heater, lighting, and flow pumps before cycling the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the downflow, return plumbing, overflow, ReefGate valve, sump, and ReefATO+ components are correctly installed before adding livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill and test the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to confirm plumbing, sump operation, and flow adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the downflow gradually until the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for salt mixing and top-off to help maintain stable reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually for better stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354249306,"sku":"AQ-RRF170B3","price":2599.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer170-200_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760117281"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-170-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 170 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 170 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 170 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium compact reef-ready aquarium system that gives aquarists Red Sea’s sump-based REEFER G3 platform in a bright modern white cabinet finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 165 L \/ 43.6 gal reef-ready system is designed for hobbyists who want a professional foundation for a custom reef build without choosing a fully preconfigured MAX or Deluxe package. It features a rimless ultra-clear display, marine-spec white cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration section, silent downflow system, ReefGate precision valve, integrated ReefATO+, and Red Sea’s upgraded G3 flow architecture for a cleaner, quieter, more expandable reef system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 170 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact sump-based reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 170 G3 gives reef keepers the equipment flexibility of a sump system in a compact footprint that is easier to place than larger reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet gives the aquarium a clean, bright, furniture-style look for modern homes, condos, offices, and retail display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase REEFER flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e This system leaves lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, and flow equipment open for the customer to choose based on reef goals and budget.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless modern profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e The smaller REEFER G3 models use a clean rimless design with smooth beveled edges for a polished display-tank appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for planned reef builds:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 170 is a strong choice for hobbyists who want a carefully selected equipment package rather than a one-size-fits-all aquarium kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is well matched to optional Red Sea hardware such as ReefRun pumps, ReefLED lighting, REEFER skimmers, ReefMat, ReefDose, and ReefBeat-connected devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear Display with White Cabinet Styling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 cm compact display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquarium’s 60 cm length makes it easy to fit into smaller rooms while still providing a real reef display presence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e33.8 gallon display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 128 L display provides room for a refined aquascape, small reef fish, coral gardens, and carefully planned mixed reef stocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron viewing panels improve clarity so coral colour, fish movement, and aquascape detail are easier to appreciate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful front-to-back depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 50 cm width gives enough depth for layered rockwork, open sand, swim-throughs, and coral placement zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec white cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet supports the aquarium properly while creating a coordinated light-coloured display installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean equipment concealment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sump equipment stays below the display so the aquarium remains focused on the reef rather than visible hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow, Overflow, and ReefGate Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved water management:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 systems use redesigned hydrodynamic piping and flow architecture for better circulation efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular downflow inlet helps reduce turbulence and supports quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision valve allows fine tuning of the drain line so the overflow can be adjusted for stable, near-silent performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow box:\u003c\/strong\u003e The overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help pull film and debris from the water surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return outlets help distribute water back into the display more effectively than a simple straight return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included plumbing reduces setup guesswork and gives the system a clean factory-designed water path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and Smart ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC sump included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The in-cabinet sump provides dedicated space for mechanical filtration, skimming, media, return equipment, and optional upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical filtration section includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump gives aquarists room to plan nutrient export, chemical filtration, skimmer sizing, dosing, and monitoring equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included smart ATO system helps maintain water level and salinity stability and includes temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner maintenance access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filtration equipment is consolidated in the cabinet, making service more practical than a rear-chamber nano system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for future equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 170 G3 can grow with the reef as equipment needs change over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 170 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 165 L \/ 43.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 128 L \/ 33.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37 L \/ 9.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm L x 50 cm W x 51 cm H \/ approx. 23.6 x 19.7 x 20.1 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 137 cm \/ approx. 53.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 mm front glass, 12 mm side glass, 10 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 4000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 170 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for saltwater reef aquariums, compact custom reef systems, soft coral displays, LPS reefs, and carefully planned mixed reefs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose a return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, and flow pumps before setup so the system is ready for cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom reef advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The base REEFER format allows customers to build around preferred lighting and filtration choices rather than buying duplicate equipment later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add wavemakers as needed based on coral selection, aquascape shape, and desired flow pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat option:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefMat-ready sump makes automatic mechanical filtration a straightforward upgrade path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble the cabinet first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build and level the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the full equipment package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, and flow equipment before filling the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing and sump components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ components are correctly positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test the aquarium and sump with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing and water path operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the drain slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the ReefGate valve in small increments until downflow and sump operation are quiet and stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for saltwater mixing and top-off to support stable reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allow biological filtration to establish before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354282074,"sku":"AQ-RRF170W3","price":2599.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer170-200_g3_whtite-1.jpg?v=1760116953"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-200-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 200 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 200 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 200 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system for aquarists who want a compact but deeper sump-based reef platform with Red Sea’s third-generation water management and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a 200 L \/ 52.8 gal total system volume and a deeper 57.5 cm display width, the REEFER 200 G3 gives reef keepers more aquascaping depth than the 170 while keeping the same 60 cm length. The system includes a rimless ultra-clear display, black marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, pre-assembled plumbing, ReefGate precision valve, surface-skimming overflow, curved dual return nozzles, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 200 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep compact reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 200 G3 keeps a space-friendly 60 cm length while increasing display width to 57.5 cm for a more spacious reef layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e52.8 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extra volume helps improve stability compared with smaller compact systems while staying manageable for maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black marine-spec plywood cabinet creates a bold modern look and visually frames the reef display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, controller, and dosing equipment that best match the reef you want to build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump-based expandability:\u003c\/strong\u003e The in-cabinet sump gives more equipment flexibility than most rear-chamber all-in-one tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for premium custom builds:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 200 is a strong size for aquarists who want a high-quality foundation before investing in lighting, flow, filtration, and automation hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDeeper Ultra-Clear Display and Black Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e158 L \/ 41.7 gal display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display gives hobbyists more room for coral placement, rockwork, and livestock planning than smaller nano-class aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e57.5 cm front-to-back width:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added depth allows for island structures, sloped rockwork, swim-throughs, shadow zones, and a more dimensional reefscape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display uses low-iron glass for a cleaner, brighter view of the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern beveled-edge styling:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless G3 design gives the system a clean display-tank appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black plywood cabinet includes leveling feet and is designed to support the aquarium and sump properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner room presence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The dark cabinet helps hide shadows and equipment inside the stand while keeping the focus on coral colour and aquascape shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Silent Downflow and ReefGate Valve\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamic G3 plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER G3 water-management system is designed for improved circulation and reduced energy waste compared with earlier flow layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow inlet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged downflow design helps reduce turbulence and operating noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate flow valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The precision gate valve allows fine adjustment of the drain for stable, near-silent sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable surface skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow pulls from the surface to help remove film and support better gas exchange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return nozzles help distribute return flow more naturally into the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory-designed plumbing helps reduce installation guesswork and keeps the under-cabinet system organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefMat-Ready Filtration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42 L \/ 11.1 gal sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump provides practical space for mechanical filtration, return pump, skimmer, media, and optional upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical chamber included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Micron socks and media cups support simple mechanical and chemical filtration from the start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical chamber is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation if automatic fleece-roll filtration is desired later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included smart ATO system helps maintain stable water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible equipment bay:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump-based format gives more room to plan skimming, media use, dosing, and maintenance access than a small rear-sump tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for long-term reefkeeping:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is designed as a foundation that can grow from a simple mixed reef into a more automated Red Sea ecosystem.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 200 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 L \/ 52.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 158 L \/ 41.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42 L \/ 11.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm L x 57.5 cm W x 53 cm H \/ approx. 23.6 x 22.6 x 20.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm \/ approx. 55.1 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 mm front glass, 12 mm side glass, 10 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 4000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 200 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for soft coral aquariums, LPS reefs, mixed reefs, and compact custom sump-based reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wider display is especially useful for aquascapers who want more front-to-back rockwork and coral placement options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select return pump, skimmer, lighting, heating, and flow equipment before cycling the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add wavemakers based on aquascape density, coral needs, and target flow pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomation path:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ is included, and the ReefMat-ready sump gives an easy path toward automatic mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing gear, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevel the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble the black cabinet and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm return pump, skimmer, heater, lighting, flow pumps, and optional ReefMat fit the intended build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing correctly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow Red Sea’s instructions for overflow, downflow, return plumbing, ReefGate valve, sump, and ReefATO+ setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test before reef setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater to confirm plumbing seals, sump operation, and flow control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the drain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the ReefGate gradually for stable water level and quiet downflow performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix saltwater and top off evaporation with RO\/DI water for better reef chemistry control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish and corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354314842,"sku":"AQ-RRF200B3","price":2699.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer170-200_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760117281"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-200-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 200 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 200 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 200 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium compact-depth reef-ready aquarium system that pairs a deeper 200 L \/ 52.8 gal REEFER G3 tank and sump platform with a clean white marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for aquarists who want more aquascaping depth than the REEFER 170 while keeping a space-efficient 60 cm length, the REEFER 200 G3 includes a rimless ultra-clear display, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, pre-assembled plumbing, silent downflow system, ReefGate precision flow valve, surface-skimming overflow, curved dual return nozzles, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. It is a refined base system for a custom reef build where the customer selects lighting, return pump, skimmer, and flow equipment separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 200 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeeper compact display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 200 G3 uses a 57.5 cm display width, giving aquarists more depth for reefscaping than narrower compact tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern white cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet creates a bright furniture-style installation that works well in modern homes, offices, and display areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase REEFER freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, skimmer, and flow equipment are selected separately, allowing a more tailored reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable sump format:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEF-SPEC sump provides room for proper filtration equipment instead of forcing all equipment into a rear chamber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 water-management upgrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system includes Red Sea’s improved overflow, downflow, and return architecture for quieter, more efficient operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced size class:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 200 is compact enough for many rooms while giving enough water volume for a more stable reef than very small nano systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear Display with Extra Aquascaping Depth\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e41.7 gallon display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 158 L display gives practical room for small reef fish, coral gardens, LPS colonies, soft corals, and careful mixed reef layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 cm length with 57.5 cm width:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wider footprint creates a more dimensional reefscape without needing a long wall space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The low-iron display glass helps improve visibility and coral colour presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top reef aesthetic:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless format gives the system a clean high-end display appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet visually lightens the aquarium and helps it blend into bright modern interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden sump equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipment stays below the aquarium so the display remains clean and uncluttered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSilent Downflow and Improved Return Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 flow architecture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s redesigned flow system supports stronger circulation efficiency and better water movement through the sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet drain behavior:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged downflow inlet is designed to reduce turbulence and lower operating noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision gate valve gives fine control over downflow tuning for near-silent operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer that helps maintain water clarity and gas exchange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual curved returns improve water distribution back into the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled pipework:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included plumbing provides a cleaner installation path than custom plumbing from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42 L sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The in-cabinet sump gives space for filtration, skimming, media, and return equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready section:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical chamber includes micron socks and media cups and can be upgraded with optional Red Sea ReefMat filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmart ReefATO+ included:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps manage evaporation-driven water level changes and salinity stability while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration choices:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support protein skimming, media reactors, carbon, refugium-style planning, dosing lines, and monitoring accessories depending on the build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService-friendly layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Having the sump inside the cabinet makes regular maintenance more accessible than hiding equipment behind the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for future automation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 200 G3 is ready for a clean Red Sea ecosystem build with ReefBeat-compatible upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 200 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 L \/ 52.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 158 L \/ 41.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42 L \/ 11.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm L x 57.5 cm W x 53 cm H \/ approx. 23.6 x 22.6 x 20.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm \/ approx. 55.1 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 mm front glass, 12 mm side glass, 10 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 4000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 200 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for compact custom reef aquariums, soft coral displays, LPS reefs, and carefully planned mixed reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment not preselected:\u003c\/strong\u003e This base REEFER package is meant to be completed with customer-selected return pump, skimmer, light, heater, and circulation equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquascaping advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added depth makes it easier to build rockwork that looks layered instead of flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefMat-ready sump supports a strong future path for automatic mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose wavemakers based on coral type, desired flow pattern, and rockwork density.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild the cabinet first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble and level the white cabinet before installing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm equipment choices:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose a suitable return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, and circulation pumps before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the sump and plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow Red Sea instructions for the overflow, pipework, ReefGate valve, sump, return line, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test before saltwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run freshwater through the system first to confirm plumbing, sump level, and drain tuning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust for quiet operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tune the ReefGate valve slowly until the overflow and sump run smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI source water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water helps reduce nuisance algae, contaminants, and unstable chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354380378,"sku":"AQ-RRF200W3","price":2699.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer170-200_g3_whtite-1.jpg?v=1760116953"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-250-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 250 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 250 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 250 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 245 L \/ 64.7 gal reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system for aquarists who want a larger rimless REEFER G3 display with a black marine-spec stand and professional sump-based filtration layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the 90 cm model in the compact rimless REEFER G3 lineup, the REEFER 250 G3 gives hobbyists a broader reef canvas with more horizontal swimming room, more coral placement space, and a stronger visual presence than the smaller 170 and 200 systems. It includes a rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium, black marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration section, ReefGate precision flow valve, central surface-skimming overflow, curved dual return nozzles, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 250 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 cm reef-ready platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 250 G3 provides a longer 90 cm display for more natural aquascaping, better fish movement, and broader coral layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e245 L total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added volume supports greater stability and more reef planning flexibility than smaller compact systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black marine-spec plywood cabinet gives the system a clean, high-contrast look that suits modern reef displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase REEFER flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and advanced equipment are selected separately so the build can match the customer’s reef goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless display style:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 250 remains a rimless ultra-clear model, giving it a clean modern appearance without bulky top bracing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong custom reef foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is ideal for aquarists who want more than a nano reef but still prefer a controlled, elegant, cabinet-and-sump package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eLonger Ultra-Clear Display and Reef Layout Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e203 L \/ 53.6 gal display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display gives more space for coral colonies, carefully selected reef fish, and a more open aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 cm length:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer footprint supports island reefs, sloped rockwork, open channels, swimming lanes, and multiple coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 mm glass specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea lists the 250 G3 with 12 mm front, side, and bottom glass for this rimless model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves visual clarity and helps coral colours look cleaner through the panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black plywood cabinet is designed to support the aquarium and sump while maintaining a clean furniture-style installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay-centered design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump and equipment live inside the cabinet so the visible tank stays clean and reef-focused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System and Quiet Drain Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved circulation architecture:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER G3 flow system uses redesigned water management for stronger circulation and better efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent downflow system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular inlet helps reduce turbulence for quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision tuning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision gate valve gives fine drain-line control so the system can be adjusted for smooth sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow pulls water from the surface to help remove film and floating debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e The improved return outlets help spread flow back into the display more effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady-to-assemble plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included plumbing keeps installation cleaner and avoids the uncertainty of building a custom overflow system from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Automation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42 L sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The in-cabinet sump provides dedicated filtration and equipment space below the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical filtration included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Micron socks and media cups are included for immediate mechanical and media filtration options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump’s mechanical chamber is prepared for optional Red Sea ReefMat automatic fleece-roll filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e The smart top-off system helps maintain stable water level and salinity while also providing temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced equipment potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support skimming, reactors, dosing lines, probes, media, and optional Red Sea smart devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-term reef foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 250 G3 gives hobbyists enough space to grow into more advanced filtration and automation without replacing the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 250 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 245 L \/ 64.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 203 L \/ 53.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42 L \/ 11.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 cm L x 50 cm W x 53 cm H \/ approx. 35.4 x 19.7 x 20.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm \/ approx. 55.1 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mm front glass, 12 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 250 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for saltwater reef aquariums, LPS reefs, soft coral systems, mixed reefs, and more substantial custom reef builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLonger aquascape advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 90 cm length gives better room for fish movement and coral spacing than shorter compact systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select an appropriate return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, and flow system before filling and cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat upgrade option:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefMat-ready sump is useful for aquarists who want lower-maintenance mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 115 is sold separately, and other suitable reef lights may be chosen depending on the build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble the cabinet first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build and level the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment before setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, and wavemakers before cycling the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test plumbing and sump operation before adding saltwater, rock, or livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the drain system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use small ReefGate adjustments to reach a quiet, stable sump water level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for mixing saltwater and topping off evaporation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish stable biological filtration before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354413146,"sku":"AQ-RRF250B3","price":3599.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer250-300_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760117384"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-250-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 250 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 250 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 250 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 245 L \/ 64.7 gal rimless reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system for aquarists who want a larger REEFER G3 display with a bright white marine-spec stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt around a 90 cm ultra-clear glass display, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, ReefGate precision valve, silent downflow system, curved dual returns, central surface-skimming overflow, and integrated ReefATO+, the REEFER 250 G3 gives hobbyists a strong professional foundation for a custom reef aquarium. This base system is ideal for reef keepers who want to choose their own lighting, pump, skimmer, flow, heating, and control equipment while starting with Red Sea’s refined G3 tank, cabinet, sump, and plumbing platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 250 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger rimless REEFER platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 250 gives reef keepers a longer 90 cm display while staying in the elegant rimless REEFER G3 category.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet creates a clean, modern, brighter installation for contemporary homes, offices, and display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e64.7 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 245 L system provides more stability and livestock planning flexibility than smaller compact reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, and control equipment can be selected separately to match the reef plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREEF-SPEC sump included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system includes a proper in-cabinet sump instead of relying on limited rear filtration space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent mixed reef foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 250 size class is well suited to aquarists who want a polished, expandable reef aquarium with room for long-term coral growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e90 cm Ultra-Clear Display with White Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e53.6 gallon display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 203 L display gives more usable coral room and fish swimming space than shorter systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 cm length:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer viewing panel supports a more natural reefscape with open channels, island structures, and varied coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 mm glass build:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 250 G3 uses 12 mm front, side, and bottom glass according to current product specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear rimless presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass and open-top styling give the tank a clean premium display appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included stand provides matched support and a bright furniture-style look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden equipment storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump and future equipment are housed below the display to keep the aquarium visually clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea G3 Flow and Quiet Overflow Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically improved flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 systems use redesigned piping and flow architecture for better circulation efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent downflow system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular inlet reduces turbulence and helps the overflow run more quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bespoke gate valve allows accurate drain control for quieter, more stable sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer for easier maintenance and cleaner water surface management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return outlets help distribute water back into the display more effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean included plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-assembled downflow and return plumbing make the setup cleaner than building a custom drain and return system from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefMat-Ready Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42 L REEF-SPEC sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump provides dedicated space for filtration, return equipment, skimmer selection, media, and optional upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical chamber with socks and cups:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included micron socks and media cups allow simple mechanical and media filtration from the start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional ReefMat upgrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump is designed to accept Red Sea ReefMat equipment for automatic mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps maintain stable water level and salinity and adds temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner maintenance workflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet sump makes filtration service easier and keeps messy equipment away from the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong long-term platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system gives reef keepers a solid base for dosing, monitoring, skimming, media, and automation upgrades as the reef matures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 250 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 245 L \/ 64.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 203 L \/ 53.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42 L \/ 11.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 cm L x 50 cm W x 53 cm H \/ approx. 35.4 x 19.7 x 20.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm \/ approx. 55.1 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mm front glass, 12 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 250 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for larger compact reef builds, mixed reef aquariums, soft coral systems, LPS reefs, and carefully planned custom coral displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete the equipment package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, and flow pumps before starting the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 115 is sold separately, and lighting should be selected based on coral goals and coverage preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wavemakers are recommended based on rockwork, coral type, and target flow pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomation potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ is included and ReefMat compatibility gives the system a clean future upgrade path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble the white cabinet correctly and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect core equipment first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pump, protein skimmer, lighting, heater, and wavemakers before filling the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall sump and plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow Red Sea instructions for the overflow, ReefGate valve, drain, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm all plumbing, sump operation, and return flow before final saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small adjustments until the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354445914,"sku":"AQ-RRF250W3","price":3599.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer250-300_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760117464"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-300-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 300 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 300 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 300 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 300 litre \/ 79.3 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system built for aquarists who want a deeper 90 cm REEFER G3 display with Red Sea’s upgraded sump-based infrastructure and a clean black marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base REEFER G3 system is designed as a high-quality foundation for a custom reef build. It includes a rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium, black marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, pre-assembled plumbing, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual return nozzles, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, rock, sand, salt, livestock, and optional automation accessories are selected separately so the system can be built around the reef you actually want to keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 300 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeeper 90 cm reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 300 G3 keeps the useful 90 cm display length of the 250 while increasing front-to-back depth to 57.5 cm, giving aquascapers more room to build a dimensional reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger water volume improves stability and gives more flexibility for coral planning, fish selection, nutrient control, and long-term reef growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black marine-spec plywood cabinet creates a sharp, modern, high-contrast look that helps coral colour and aquascape shape stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e This REEFER package leaves major hardware choices open, making it ideal for customers who want to choose their own light, pump, skimmer, heater, flow, dosing, and control equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless ultra-clear display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 300 G3 remains in Red Sea’s rimless G3 range, giving the aquarium a clean modern profile with smooth beveled-edge styling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong custom reef foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 300 is a practical step up for hobbyists who want more volume and depth than smaller compact reef systems without moving into a very large aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDeeper Ultra-Clear Display and Reef Layout Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e246 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display provides meaningful room for coral colonies, selected reef fish, rock structures, sand zones, and open swimming space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 x 57.5 x 55 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wider depth makes it easier to create island aquascapes, sloping structures, caves, negative space, and front-to-back coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 mm glass specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 300 G3 is listed with 12 mm front, side, and bottom glass for its rimless display format.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity and reduces colour distortion so coral fluorescence, fish colour, and aquascape detail show more cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top aesthetic:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless format keeps the aquarium looking refined and gives practical access for aquascaping, feeding, coral placement, and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden sump equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filtration and most support equipment are housed inside the cabinet so the display remains clean and reef-focused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System and ReefGate Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically improved plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 systems use redesigned flow architecture for improved water circulation and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent downflow design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular downflow inlet helps reduce turbulence and operating noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision gate valve allows fine drain-line tuning for stable, near-silent overflow and sump performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help remove surface film and improve gas exchange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return outlets help spread water back into the aquarium more effectively than straight returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The factory-designed downflow and return plumbing simplifies setup and gives the system a clean under-cabinet water path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e54 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The in-cabinet sump provides dedicated space for mechanical filtration, return equipment, skimming, media, probes, and optional filtration upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical filtration section includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included smart top-off system helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible equipment bay:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout gives reef keepers room to plan skimmers, reactors, media, refugium-style nutrient export, dosing lines, and monitoring accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner maintenance workflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filtration equipment is consolidated below the aquarium, making regular service easier than a rear-chamber-only system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFuture-ready Red Sea ecosystem:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system pairs naturally with optional ReefRun pumps, ReefLED lighting, REEFER skimmers, ReefMat, ReefDose, ReefWave, and ReefBeat-connected devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 300 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 L \/ 79.3 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 246 L \/ 65.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 L \/ 14.3 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 cm L x 57.5 cm W x 55 cm H \/ approx. 35.4 x 22.6 x 21.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142 cm \/ approx. 55.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mm front glass, 12 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 500, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 300 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for saltwater reef aquariums, LPS reefs, soft coral displays, carefully planned mixed reefs, and custom sump-based coral systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 57.5 cm width gives aquascapers more room for open sand, layered rockwork, coral spacing, and natural reef structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a suitable return pump, protein skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, and testing equipment before starting the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 115 is sold separately, and lighting should be selected around coral goals and coverage preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add wavemakers based on coral type, rockwork density, and desired flow pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the return pump, skimmer, heater, lighting, and flow pumps before adding saltwater or livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ components are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater first to confirm plumbing seals, sump operation, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small valve adjustments until the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for salt mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually to maintain stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354478682,"sku":"AQ-RRF300B3","price":3899.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer250-300_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760117384"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-300-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 300 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 300 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 300 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 300 litre \/ 79.3 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system that gives aquarists a deeper 90 cm REEFER G3 display with Red Sea’s upgraded sump-based infrastructure and a bright white marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base REEFER G3 package is built for hobbyists who want a clean professional foundation for a custom reef aquarium while keeping full control over the final equipment selection. It includes a rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium, white marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, pre-assembled plumbing, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual return nozzles, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. The result is a refined reef platform ready for your preferred lighting, pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and automation accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 300 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep 90 cm reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 300 G3 combines a practical 90 cm display length with 57.5 cm of depth, creating a more dimensional reef canvas than narrower systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e79.3 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 300 L system gives more water stability and reef planning flexibility while staying in a manageable mid-size footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet gives the aquarium a bright, modern, furniture-style appearance for contemporary homes, offices, and display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing equipment, and controls are selected separately for a build that matches the customer’s reef goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless G3 display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ultra-clear rimless aquarium keeps the look clean and modern while providing strong viewing clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump and ReefATO+ platform make this system a good foundation for a Red Sea ecosystem build with future ReefMat, ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefWave, and ReefDose upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear Glass with Extra Aquascaping Depth\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e246 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display provides room for coral colonies, open rockwork, reef-safe livestock choices, and a more mature aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e57.5 cm display width:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added front-to-back space helps prevent the aquascape from looking flat and creates more room for ledges, caves, shelves, and open sand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 mm glass build:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 300 G3 is listed with 12 mm front, side, and bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity so fish, coral, and rockwork show with less colour distortion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top rimless style:\u003c\/strong\u003e The braceless display provides a clean high-end look and convenient access for maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden under-cabinet equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump keeps filtration and support equipment away from the main display for a cleaner reef presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eQuiet G3 Downflow and Improved Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRedesigned flow system:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 systems use hydrodynamically improved plumbing designed for better water movement and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-turbulence drain:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular downflow inlet helps reduce turbulence and makes the system easier to tune quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The precision gate valve gives fine control over the downflow line for near-silent operation when properly adjusted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable surface skimmer helps draw film and floating debris into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e The improved return nozzles help distribute water more evenly back into the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean plumbing package:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included pipework gives the system a factory-designed drain and return layout instead of a fully custom plumbing project.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and Smart ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e54 litre sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump gives practical space for mechanical filtration, skimmer selection, return equipment, media, dosing lines, probes, and maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready filtration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable mechanical compartment includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps maintain water level and salinity stability while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support carbon, media reactors, refugium-style nutrient export, protein skimming, and automation accessories depending on the build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService-friendly cabinet layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipment is housed under the aquarium for easier access and a cleaner display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for long-term reefkeeping:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system can start as a straightforward mixed reef and grow into a more automated advanced setup over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 300 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 L \/ 79.3 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 246 L \/ 65.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 L \/ 14.3 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 cm L x 57.5 cm W x 55 cm H \/ approx. 35.4 x 22.6 x 21.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142 cm \/ approx. 55.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mm front glass, 12 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 500, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 300 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for mid-size reef aquariums, LPS displays, soft coral systems, custom mixed reefs, and aquarists who want a deeper display footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a suitable return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, and test kits before cycling the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 115 is sold separately, and lighting should be selected around coral type and coverage goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Additional wavemakers should be chosen based on coral placement, rockwork density, and desired circulation pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat option:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump is ReefMat ready for customers who want to upgrade mechanical filtration later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble the white cabinet correctly and confirm it is level before installing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the return pump, skimmer, heater, lighting, and flow pumps before starting the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing and sump components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow Red Sea’s instructions for the overflow, ReefGate valve, drain, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm plumbing, sump level, and return flow before adding saltwater, rock, or livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the drain gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the ReefGate valve in small increments for a quiet and stable water level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI source water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding livestock, then stock gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354511450,"sku":"AQ-RRF300W3","price":3899.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer250-300_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760117464"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-350-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 350 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 350 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 350 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 342 litre \/ 90.3 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system for aquarists who want the largest rimless model in Red Sea’s classic REEFER G3 range with a black marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe REEFER 350 G3 gives reef keepers a longer 120 cm ultra-clear display while preserving the clean rimless styling of the smaller G3 systems. It includes a black marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, pre-assembled plumbing, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual return nozzles, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. This base REEFER configuration is ideal for customers who want a premium tank, cabinet, sump, and plumbing foundation while selecting their own lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and reef automation separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 350 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest rimless REEFER G3 model:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 350 is the largest classic G3 system before the line transitions into euro-braced models, making it appealing for customers who prefer a clean rimless display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 cm reef canvas:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer display gives more horizontal swimming room, more coral placement space, and better visual spread than the 90 cm systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e342 litre total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added water volume supports greater stability, more equipment planning flexibility, and more long-term coral growth potential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet visually grounds the aquarium and helps create a high-contrast display where coral colour and lighting stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, skimmer, heating, flow, and automation can be selected around the intended reef instead of being bundled into the base system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent mixed reef foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 350 provides a strong platform for soft coral systems, LPS reefs, mixed reefs, and carefully planned SPS-leaning builds with proper equipment choices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e120 cm Ultra-Clear Rimless Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e273 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger display supports a more mature aquascape with broader coral spacing and improved fish movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 x 50 x 53 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer footprint is well suited to island rockwork, long reef ridges, open channels, and coral zones separated by flow and lighting requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 mm front and bottom glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 350 G3 is listed with 12 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, and 12 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves visibility and reduces tint for cleaner coral colour and fish presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless open-top look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The braceless design keeps the tank modern and clean while providing excellent access for maintenance and aquascaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden equipment below:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet sump keeps filtration equipment out of the display and gives the aquarium a clean room-facing presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System and Quiet Water Management\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically optimized piping:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 systems use improved plumbing and return architecture for better flow efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow inlet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular inlet helps reduce turbulence in the drain line for quieter running.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bespoke gate valve allows fine drain adjustment for stable, near-silent operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help keep the water surface clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved returns distribute water across the longer display and complement added wavemaker flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory-designed plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pre-assembled plumbing provides a cleaner starting point than designing a custom sump connection from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Automation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e69 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump gives more room for filtration equipment, skimmer selection, return pump installation, media, dosing lines, and optional automation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical chamber includes micron socks and media cups and is prepared for optional Red Sea ReefMat automatic fleece-roll filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps keep water level and salinity stable and includes temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump supports carbon, media reactors, refugium-style planning, skimming, probes, and long-term filtration upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService-friendly cabinet layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The under-tank sump makes regular maintenance easier while keeping the display uncluttered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ecosystem ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 350 G3 works well with optional ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefMat, ReefWave, ReefDose, and ReefBeat-connected equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 350 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 342 L \/ 90.3 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 273 L \/ 72.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 69 L \/ 18.2 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 cm L x 50 cm W x 53 cm H \/ approx. 47.2 x 19.7 x 20.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm \/ approx. 55.1 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 500, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 350 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for aquarists wanting a longer rimless reef aquarium for soft corals, LPS corals, mixed reefs, and larger aquascapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 170 is sold separately, and lighting should be planned around coral goals and full 120 cm coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer display benefits from well-placed wavemakers to support flow across the full aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefMat-ready sump gives a strong upgrade path for customers wanting automatic mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase package advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e This model is ideal for customers who want a professional Red Sea foundation without paying for bundled equipment they may replace later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm the system is level before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the full hardware package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, and wavemakers before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing correctly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are installed properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run freshwater through the system before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing and sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the valve slowly for stable, quiet downflow performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354544218,"sku":"AQ-RRF350B3","price":4199.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer350_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1771531632"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-350-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 350 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 350 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 350 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 342 litre \/ 90.3 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system that gives aquarists the largest rimless classic REEFER G3 display with a clean white marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for hobbyists who want a longer reef display while preserving the open rimless look, the REEFER 350 G3 combines a 120 cm ultra-clear glass aquarium, white marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, pre-assembled plumbing, ReefGate precision valve, surface-skimming overflow, curved dual return nozzles, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. It is a refined base platform for a custom reef aquarium where the final light, pump, skimmer, heater, flow, and automation choices stay in the customer’s control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 350 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest rimless G3 format:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 350 is the largest rimless model in the classic REEFER G3 lineup before the range moves into euro-braced displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 cm display length:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer display creates better room for natural fish movement, coral spacing, and broader aquascape design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet gives the aquarium a bright, modern look that works well in contemporary homes, offices, and display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, dosing, and monitoring equipment are chosen separately for a tailored reef build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump-based platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included REEF-SPEC sump gives more equipment flexibility than compact all-in-one rear chambers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong long-term size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 350 offers enough volume and display space for a mature reef while remaining more manageable than larger 5 foot and 6 foot systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eLong Ultra-Clear Display with White Cabinet Styling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e273 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main display gives reef keepers more room for coral growth, selected fish, and a more open reefscape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 x 50 x 53 cm footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer format supports reef ridges, islands, swimming lanes, and wider coral gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced rimless glass specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e The model is listed with 12 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, and 12 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron panels improve viewing clarity and reduce tint so coral and fish colour show more accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright furniture-style appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet visually lightens the system and helps it blend into modern interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean display focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sump equipment sits below the tank, keeping the visible display free of bulky filtration hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Silent Downflow and Improved Water Return\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved hydrodynamic system:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 plumbing is redesigned for stronger circulation and improved efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged drain inlet helps reduce turbulence and supports quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate flow valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The precision valve allows fine-tuning of the drain line to stabilize the overflow and sump water level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help remove surface film.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e The improved return outlets help distribute water back into the longer 120 cm display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included downflow and return plumbing makes installation cleaner and more predictable than a fully custom plumbing layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e69 litre sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump gives room for skimmer selection, return pump installation, mechanical filtration, media, dosing lines, probes, and optional upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical filtration section includes micron socks and media cups and can be upgraded with optional Red Sea ReefMat filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize sump water level and salinity while also offering temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump supports a variety of reef setups, from simple mixed reefs to more automated coral-focused systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabinet sump access makes skimmer service, filter maintenance, dosing, and equipment changes more practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable Red Sea ecosystem:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system pairs naturally with optional ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefMat, ReefWave, ReefDose, and ReefBeat-connected devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 350 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 342 L \/ 90.3 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 273 L \/ 72.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 69 L \/ 18.2 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 cm L x 50 cm W x 53 cm H \/ approx. 47.2 x 19.7 x 20.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm \/ approx. 55.1 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 500, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 350 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for aquarists who want a long rimless reef display for soft coral aquariums, LPS systems, mixed reefs, and more spacious coral layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 170 is sold separately, and light choice should match coral goals and desired spread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefRun G2 6000 is sold separately and should be matched to sump turnover goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add wavemakers to create broad, adjustable reef flow across the 120 cm length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefMat-ready sump supports a future automatic filtration upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm the system is level before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose core equipment first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, and wavemakers before starting the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing and sump equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the tank and sump with freshwater before final saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small adjustments until the drain and sump run smoothly and quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for salt mixing and top-off to support stable reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-clear rimless glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354576986,"sku":"AQ-RRF350W3","price":4199.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer350_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1771531253"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-425-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 425 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 425 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 425 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 433 litre \/ 114.4 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system for aquarists who want a larger 120 cm euro-braced REEFER G3 display with a black marine-spec cabinet and Red Sea’s upgraded sump-based infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the first classic REEFER G3 size in the euro-braced range, the 425 G3 combines a substantial ultra-clear glass display with a REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual return nozzles, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. This base system is built for customers who want a professional tank, cabinet, sump, and plumbing foundation while selecting lighting, return pump, skimmer, heating, flow, and automation hardware separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 425 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge classic REEFER platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 425 G3 moves into a 433 L total system volume, giving reef keepers more stability, display presence, and room for coral growth than smaller REEFER models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 425 is part of the G3 euro-braced range for added structural strength and long-term durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 cm by 60 cm reef canvas:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display gives both length and depth for more natural aquascapes, larger coral zones, and better fish movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black marine-spec cabinet gives the aquarium a bold modern look and visually frames the reef display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, dosing equipment, and optional automation are chosen separately to match the intended reef build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong upgrade platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included sump, ReefATO+, and ReefMat-ready layout create a serious base for a high-performance reef aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eEuro-Braced Ultra-Clear Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e343 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 90.6 gallon display gives significant room for coral colonies, aquascaping, and suitable reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 x 60 x 55 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 60 cm depth creates a more three-dimensional reefscape than narrower 120 cm aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracing adds strength while preserving a clean, premium top profile for a larger display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed glass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 425 G3 is listed with 12 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass, and 12 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron viewing panels help improve clarity, coral colour visibility, and overall display impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet-contained equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump keeps core filtration and support gear below the aquarium instead of crowding the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System for a Larger Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically optimized plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER G3 flow system is designed for more efficient circulation and improved water movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged inlet reduces turbulence and helps make drain tuning quieter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision downflow valve gives fine control for stable, near-silent operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable surface skimmer helps pull surface film into the filtration system for better water clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return outlets help spread water into the wider 120 cm display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included downflow and return parts simplify installation and help maintain a clean factory-designed layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eLarge REEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger sump provides generous space for mechanical filtration, skimmer selection, return equipment, reactors, media, dosing lines, and probes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical section:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity while providing temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump supports a wide range of equipment layouts for mixed reef, LPS, soft coral, and more advanced coral systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService-friendly cabinet space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The under-tank sump layout makes maintenance, filter changes, skimmer cleaning, and equipment upgrades more practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ecosystem compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system pairs well with optional ReefRun pumps, ReefLED lighting, ReefMat, ReefWave, ReefDose, REEFER skimmers, and ReefBeat-connected devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 425 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 433 L \/ 114.4 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 343 L \/ 90.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 L \/ 23.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 cm L x 60 cm W x 55 cm H \/ approx. 47.2 x 23.6 x 21.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142 cm \/ approx. 55.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass, 12 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 500, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 425 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for larger mixed reefs, LPS displays, soft coral aquariums, and custom coral systems needing more depth and water volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended lighting is sold separately and should be selected for full coverage across the 120 cm by 60 cm footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn pump planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefRun G2 6000 is sold separately and should be matched to desired sump turnover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Additional wavemakers are recommended for reef circulation beyond the return outlets, especially in coral-heavy aquascapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefMat-ready sump supports automatic fleece-roll filtration with an optional ReefMat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan heavy equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, and any optional automation before starting the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill and run the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing and sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the drain valve slowly until the overflow and sump run quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for salt mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock the system gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354609754,"sku":"AQ-RSXL425B3","price":5299.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer425_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760119678"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-425-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 425 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 425 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 425 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 433 litre \/ 114.4 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system that combines Red Sea’s larger euro-braced REEFER G3 display with a bright white marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 120 cm base REEFER G3 system is designed for aquarists who want a serious reef-ready tank, sump, cabinet, and plumbing platform while choosing their preferred light, pump, skimmer, heater, flow, dosing, and control equipment separately. It includes a euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium, white marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, pre-assembled plumbing, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual return nozzles, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 425 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge euro-braced REEFER platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 425 G3 offers 433 L of total system volume and a substantial 120 cm by 60 cm display for aquarists wanting more reef capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet gives the larger aquarium a clean, modern, lighter visual profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e114.4 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger volume supports better stability and more flexible livestock, coral, and filtration planning than smaller systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e The base REEFER format lets customers choose the return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, and automation that best fit their reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced display strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 425 is part of Red Sea’s G3 euro-braced range for additional structural support on larger aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong long-term reef foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system provides enough size and sump capacity for a refined mixed reef or coral-focused custom build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e120 cm Ultra-Clear Euro-Braced Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e343 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger display gives aquarists more space for coral colonies, rockwork, open swimming lanes, and long-term growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 cm display depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wider footprint makes it easier to build a natural-looking reef with depth, open space, islands, ledges, and multiple coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The braced format adds strength while keeping the system clean and professional looking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 425 G3 is listed with 12 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass, and 12 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass supports a cleaner view of coral fluorescence, fish colour, and aquascape detail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet styling:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet creates a bright furniture-style presentation while keeping equipment hidden below the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Water Management and ReefGate Tuning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized G3 plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The redesigned water-management system improves circulation efficiency and supports better water movement through the sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rectangular downflow inlet is designed to reduce turbulence and operating noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine drain control allows the overflow and sump level to be tuned for quiet consistent performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer that helps pull film and floating debris into the filtration system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return nozzles help spread water across the larger display footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included pipework provides a clean, factory-designed installation path for the drain and return system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eLarge REEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 litre sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The in-cabinet sump provides generous space for return equipment, skimmer selection, mechanical filtration, media, reactors, dosing, and monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps manage evaporation-driven water level changes and salinity stability while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support a simple mixed reef or a more advanced equipment-heavy system depending on customer goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner service access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet sump makes skimmer maintenance, filter service, equipment swaps, and dosing-line routing more practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ecosystem ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefWave, ReefDose, ReefMat, REEFER skimmers, and ReefBeat-connected devices can be added as the reef evolves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 425 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 433 L \/ 114.4 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 343 L \/ 90.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 L \/ 23.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 cm L x 60 cm W x 55 cm H \/ approx. 47.2 x 23.6 x 21.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142 cm \/ approx. 55.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 12 mm bottom glass, 12 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 500, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 425 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for larger mixed reef aquariums, LPS coral displays, soft coral systems, and custom reef builds requiring more water volume and depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose reef lighting for full 120 cm by 60 cm coverage based on coral goals and mounting preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add wavemakers to support broad circulation beyond the dual returns, especially for dense rockwork or SPS-heavy sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 90 L sump gives space for a skimmer, media, probes, dosing lines, and optional ReefMat filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase package advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e This system is best for customers who want the Red Sea tank and sump infrastructure but prefer selecting their own equipment package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before installing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the full equipment package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, and optional automation before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ components are installed properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before saltwater setup to verify plumbing, sump level, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the drain slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the ReefGate valve in small increments until the overflow and sump run quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354642522,"sku":"AQ-RSXL425W3","price":5299.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer425_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760119747"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-525-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 525 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 525 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 525 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 540 litre \/ 142.7 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system built for aquarists who want a large euro-braced Red Sea REEFER G3 display with a clean black marine-spec cabinet and full freedom to choose their own reef equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base REEFER G3 system gives you the professional aquarium, cabinet, sump, plumbing, overflow, ReefGate drain control, ReefMat-ready filtration layout, and integrated ReefATO+ foundation without bundling lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, rock, sand, salt, or livestock. It is ideal for hobbyists who want the structure and reliability of Red Sea’s G3 platform while selecting the exact hardware package that fits their coral goals, livestock plan, automation preference, and budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 525 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge 150 cm reef-ready platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 525 G3 moves into a true large-display footprint with enough length for more natural aquascapes, broader coral spacing, and improved fish movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e540 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added water volume gives reef keepers more stability, more livestock planning flexibility, and a stronger foundation for long-term coral growth than smaller reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black marine-spec cabinet creates a bold, modern look that visually frames the reef and helps equipment, shadows, and cabinet space recede.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing equipment, and automation hardware are selected separately so the system can be built around the reef you actually want to keep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced G3 construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 525 is part of Red Sea’s larger euro-braced REEFER G3 range, adding structural reinforcement while preserving a clean premium display profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ecosystem ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquarium is a strong platform for optional ReefRun pumps, ReefLED lighting, REEFER skimmers, ReefMat filtration, ReefWave pumps, ReefDose, and ReefBeat-connected devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e150 cm Euro-Braced Ultra-Clear Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e423 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium gives substantial room for coral colonies, reef-safe fish, open swimming areas, and a more mature aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 x 60 x 55 cm footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 150 cm length and 60 cm depth create a strong aquascaping canvas for islands, ridges, open channels, cave structures, and layered coral placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 mm glass specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 525 G3 is listed with 15 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass for a reinforced large-display build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity and reduces tint so coral colour, fish movement, and reef lighting appear cleaner through the panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced top design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracing supports the larger aquarium format while keeping the display clean and professional looking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet-contained equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump and support equipment sit below the tank so the display remains focused on rockwork, coral, and livestock rather than visible hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System and ReefGate Quiet Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically improved plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 systems use redesigned water-management architecture for better circulation efficiency and more effective movement through the sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow inlet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged drain inlet is designed to reduce turbulence and help the system run more quietly when properly adjusted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision downflow valve gives fine control over the drain line so the overflow and sump water level can be tuned for near-silent operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to draw surface film and floating debris into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return nozzles help distribute water back into the display more effectively than straight returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory-designed downflow and return plumbing makes installation cleaner and more predictable than a fully custom plumbing build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Automation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e116 litre sump capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The large in-cabinet sump provides dedicated space for mechanical filtration, return equipment, skimmer selection, media, probes, dosing lines, and optional filtration upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical section:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump includes a removable mechanical filtration compartment with micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included smart top-off system helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support carbon, reactors, refugium-style nutrient export, dosing equipment, monitoring probes, and advanced reef filtration equipment depending on the build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService-friendly layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeping filtration equipment inside the cabinet gives better access for skimmer cleaning, filter maintenance, pump service, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge-system stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 525 format offers enough water volume and sump capacity to support a carefully planned mixed reef or coral-focused display with the right equipment choices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Marine-Spec Cabinet with Aluminum Supports\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is designed for aquarium use with moisture-resistant construction, leveling feet, stainless steel hinges, and a clean furniture-style finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront aluminum supports:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s 525 models and above use front aluminum cabinet supports for additional rigidity across the larger span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean black finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet creates a strong contrast against bright reef lighting and helps the aquarium feel visually grounded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment concealment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet keeps sump equipment, plumbing, ATO hardware, and future accessories hidden below the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter long-term service access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger cabinet footprint gives more room for equipment planning than smaller compact systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay-ready appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The finished black stand makes the aquarium suitable for living rooms, offices, showrooms, and dedicated reef spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 525 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 540 L \/ 142.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 423 L \/ 111.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 116 L \/ 30.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 cm L x 60 cm W x 55 cm H \/ approx. 59.1 x 23.6 x 21.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142 cm \/ approx. 55.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 15 mm bottom glass, and 15 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 8000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold separately and should be selected for full 150 cm x 60 cm reef coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 525 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for larger mixed reefs, soft coral systems, LPS displays, SPS-capable builds with proper flow and lighting, and custom reef aquariums needing a serious sump-based foundation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a suitable return pump, lighting, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and testing equipment before cycling the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose reef lighting based on coral type, desired spread, mounting style, PAR goals, and full front-to-back coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The return plumbing handles sump turnover, but dedicated wavemakers are still needed for reef circulation across the full 150 cm display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefMat-ready sump is well suited for customers planning automatic fleece-roll mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm the system is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the return pump, skimmer, heater, lighting, wavemakers, and optional automation before adding water, rock, or livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ components are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to confirm plumbing seals, sump operation, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small adjustments until the overflow and sump run quietly with a stable water level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off to support stable reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually to maintain stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354675290,"sku":"AQ-RSXL525B3","price":5999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer525-625_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760119808"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-525-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 525 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 525 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 525 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 540 litre \/ 142.7 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system designed for aquarists who want a large euro-braced REEFER G3 display with a bright white marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base REEFER G3 system gives hobbyists the Red Sea tank, cabinet, sump, plumbing, overflow, ReefGate precision drain valve, ReefMat-ready filtration section, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off hardware while leaving lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, and control equipment open for custom selection. It is a strong choice for reef keepers who want a polished large-format system without being locked into a pre-bundled equipment package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 525 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge 150 cm REEFER platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 525 G3 gives customers a substantial reef display with enough length for larger aquascapes, broader coral placement, and more natural fish movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e142.7 gallon total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 540 L water volume provides the stability and scale needed for a more mature mixed reef or coral-focused display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet gives the system a clean, bright, modern appearance that suits contemporary homes, offices, and display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 525 belongs to Red Sea’s larger euro-braced G3 range, giving the display added structural support in a clean premium format.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is supplied as a tank, stand, sump, plumbing, and ATO foundation so customers can choose the exact hardware package they prefer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 525 G3 is ready for a Red Sea smart ecosystem build with optional ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefWave, ReefMat, ReefDose, and ReefBeat-connected hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear Euro-Braced Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e423 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display provides room for larger coral colonies, open swimming lanes, layered rockwork, and more thoughtful livestock planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 x 60 x 55 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The broad 60 cm depth makes it easier to build a reef with caves, open sand, island structures, and front-to-back coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 mm glass panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 525 G3 is listed with 15 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear low-iron viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduced glass tint helps coral colour, fish movement, and aquascape detail look cleaner through the panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge display presence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 150 cm length gives the aquarium a room-dominating reef look without moving into the longest 180 cm footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden sump equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet houses filtration and support equipment below the display so the visible aquarium stays clean and reef-focused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Water Management and Quiet ReefGate Tuning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved G3 circulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s updated plumbing and return architecture are designed to move water more efficiently through the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent downflow design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular drain inlet helps reduce turbulence and makes the system easier to tune quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine drain control allows the overflow level to be adjusted for stable, near-silent operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow with removable surface skimmer helps pull surface film into the filtration system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual curved returns improve water distribution back into the display and complement dedicated reef wavemakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled pipework:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included plumbing gives the system a clean, factory-designed water path from display to sump and back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e116 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger sump gives room for skimmer selection, return equipment, mechanical filtration, chemical media, probes, dosing lines, and maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable filtration compartment includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps manage evaporation-driven water-level changes and salinity stability while providing temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump supports carbon, reactors, refugium-style planning, protein skimming, and future equipment upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean service workflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet sump layout keeps maintenance accessible without cluttering the display area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for a growing reef:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system can start as a simple mixed reef and grow into a more automated coral-focused display over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Marine-Spec Cabinet with Aluminum Supports\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright furniture-style look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet visually lightens the large aquarium and works well in modern, open, or minimalist rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood build:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is designed for aquarium use with moisture-resistant construction, leveling feet, stainless steel hinges, and a clean exterior finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront aluminum supports:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea reinforces 525 models and above with front aluminum cabinet supports to improve rigidity on larger systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized equipment space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet keeps sump, plumbing, ATO hardware, and optional accessories contained below the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetter installation confidence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included matching stand removes the uncertainty of pairing a large aquarium with an unsuitable generic cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay-ready presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet creates a polished installation suitable for homes, offices, and customer-facing display areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 525 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 540 L \/ 142.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 423 L \/ 111.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 116 L \/ 30.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 cm L x 60 cm W x 55 cm H \/ approx. 59.1 x 23.6 x 21.7 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 142 cm \/ approx. 55.9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 15 mm bottom glass, and 15 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 8000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold separately and should be selected for full 150 cm x 60 cm reef coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 525 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for larger mixed reefs, LPS systems, soft coral displays, and SPS-capable builds when matched with appropriate lighting, flow, and filtration equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a return pump, protein skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, and test kits before cycling the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose lighting based on coral goals, spread requirements, mounting preference, and the full 150 cm display length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use dedicated wavemakers for coral circulation beyond sump turnover, especially in dense aquascapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefMat-ready sump supports future automatic mechanical filtration without replacing the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before installing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the return pump, skimmer, heater, lighting, flow pumps, and optional automation before starting the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are installed properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater first to verify plumbing, sump level, and return flow before adding saltwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the drain valve in small increments until the overflow and sump run quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354740826,"sku":"AQ-RSXL525W3","price":5999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer525-625_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760119885"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-625-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 625 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 625 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 625 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 620 litre \/ 163.8 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system for aquarists who want a deeper 150 cm Red Sea REEFER G3 display with a black marine-spec cabinet and high-capacity sump-based infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a 150 cm length, 65 cm depth, and 60 cm display height, the REEFER 625 G3 provides a larger and deeper reef canvas than the 525 while preserving the custom-equipment freedom of the base REEFER line. It includes a euro-braced ultra-clear aquarium, black marine-spec plywood cabinet with front aluminum supports, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, ReefGate precision valve, improved G3 plumbing, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual returns, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 625 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge deep-display reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 625 G3 adds both depth and height, creating a more spacious reef layout for aquarists who want a serious showpiece system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e620 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 163.8 gallon system volume provides substantial stability and more flexibility for coral growth, livestock selection, nutrient management, and long-term reef planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet gives the aquarium a bold, high-contrast display look and helps conceal the equipment area visually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom hardware freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and automation are chosen separately so the build can match the intended reef style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger G3 display uses euro-bracing and thick ultra-clear glass to support a premium large-format aquarium design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for advanced mixed reefs:\u003c\/strong\u003e The footprint and sump capacity make this system well suited for LPS displays, mixed reefs, soft coral systems, and carefully planned SPS-capable builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e150 x 65 cm Euro-Braced Ultra-Clear Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e497 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium gives reef keepers a broad display area for coral colonies, open sand zones, island structures, swim-throughs, and selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e65 cm front-to-back depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deeper footprint gives more room for layered rockwork, negative-space aquascaping, and coral placement without crowding the front glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 cm display height:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added height increases visual presence and gives corals more vertical room to grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm viewing glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 625 G3 is listed with 19 mm front, side, and back glass and a 15 mm bottom panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity and coral colour presentation through the thick viewing panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean cabinet-contained equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump and equipment are housed below the display so the reef remains visually clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow Architecture and Quiet Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized water circulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 systems use redesigned plumbing for improved circulation efficiency and stronger water movement through the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular downflow inlet helps reduce turbulence and operating noise in the overflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bespoke drain valve allows fine tuning of the downflow line for stable water height and near-silent sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help clear surface film and support gas exchange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return nozzles distribute water back into the display and provide a strong starting point for additional reef circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory-designed plumbing simplifies setup and gives the large system a cleaner drain and return path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eHigh-Capacity REEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e123 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The large sump provides substantial space for skimmer selection, return equipment, mechanical filtration, media, probes, reactors, dosing, and maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable mechanical filtration compartment includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps maintain stable sump water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support protein skimming, media reactors, carbon, refugium-style nutrient export, dosing lines, and monitoring equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge-system maintenance access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The in-cabinet sump gives the space needed to service larger equipment more comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced reef-ready foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 625 G3 gives experienced hobbyists a strong base for a high-performance Red Sea ecosystem build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Cabinet with Front Aluminum Supports\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is designed for aquarium use with leveling feet, moisture-resistant construction, stainless steel hinges, and a finished black exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum front support system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 625 G3 uses front aluminum cabinet supports for added rigidity across the larger span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong visual contrast:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black finish frames coral colour and reef lighting while making the equipment area look less prominent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoom for equipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger cabinet provides room for sump equipment, ATO hardware, controller boards, dosing lines, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched stand confidence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included cabinet is designed for the aquarium footprint and avoids the risk of an unsuitable support structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolished room presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet creates a professional display for homes, offices, showrooms, and dedicated aquarium rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 625 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 620 L \/ 163.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 497 L \/ 131.2 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 123 L \/ 32.5 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 cm L x 65 cm W x 60 cm H \/ approx. 59.1 x 25.6 x 23.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 148 cm \/ approx. 58.3 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 15 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold separately and should be selected for full 150 cm x 65 cm reef coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 625 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for larger mixed reefs, LPS systems, soft coral displays, SPS-capable builds, and customers wanting a deep large-format reef-ready platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and testing equipment before setup and cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e A tank this deep benefits from planned wavemaker placement to move water behind rockwork and across coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose lights for both the 150 cm length and 65 cm depth so coral coverage remains even across the aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The large ReefMat-ready sump gives a practical path toward automatic mechanical filtration and more advanced nutrient control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the hardware package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, and optional automation before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing and sump components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ components are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before adding saltwater, rock, or livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the drain slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small ReefGate adjustments until water level and overflow sound are stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use RO\/DI water for salt mixing and top-off to help maintain stable reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354773594,"sku":"AQ-RSXL625B3","price":6999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer525-625_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760119808"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-625-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 625 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 625 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 625 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 620 litre \/ 163.8 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system that combines a deep 150 cm euro-braced Red Sea display with a bright white marine-spec cabinet and full G3 sump-based infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base REEFER G3 system is made for aquarists who want a large professional reef foundation while keeping control over the final equipment selection. It includes a euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium, white marine-spec plywood cabinet with front aluminum supports, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, pre-assembled plumbing, ReefGate precision valve, surface-skimming overflow, curved dual return nozzles, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 625 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep large-format reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 625 G3 gives reef keepers a 150 cm display with a broad 65 cm depth and 60 cm height for a more substantial aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e163.8 gallon total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 620 L system volume supports better stability and more flexible reef planning than smaller aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet creates a bright, modern, furniture-style installation that visually lightens the large aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Major hardware choices are left open so the aquarist can choose the return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, flow, and automation equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger G3 format uses euro-bracing and thick ultra-clear glass for strength and premium viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong long-term platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump volume and display size make this system suitable for customers planning a serious mixed reef or coral-focused build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDeep Ultra-Clear Display with White Cabinet Styling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e497 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display offers meaningful space for coral colonies, larger aquascape structures, open sand sections, and selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 x 65 x 60 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wider and taller display creates a stronger sense of depth than narrower 150 cm aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The model is listed with 19 mm front, side, and back glass and a 15 mm bottom panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron clarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-clear glass helps maintain clean colour rendition through the larger viewing panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright furniture presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet makes the large system feel cleaner and lighter in modern interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden equipment layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump keeps filtration, plumbing, and support gear below the display for a cleaner room-facing aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow Control and Quiet Downflow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically improved water path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER G3 plumbing design supports stronger, more efficient movement through the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-turbulence drain inlet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rectangular downflow inlet helps reduce noise and turbulence in the overflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision tuning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate valve allows fine downflow adjustment so the sump and overflow can be tuned for quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable surface skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The overflow helps remove surface film and keeps the display water surface cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved return nozzles help distribute return flow into the large display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean plumbing package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-assembled drain and return plumbing keeps installation more organized than building a custom system from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and Smart ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e123 litre sump capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The large sump gives room for skimmer selection, return equipment, mechanical filtration, media, probes, reactors, dosing, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready filtration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable mechanical chamber includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support a simple mixed reef or a more advanced system with skimmer, reactors, dosing lines, and monitoring equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService-friendly cabinet access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger stand and sump make maintenance more practical for a system of this size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmart ecosystem potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system pairs naturally with optional Red Sea ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefWave, ReefMat, ReefDose, and ReefBeat-connected hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Marine-Spec Cabinet with Aluminum Reinforcement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is designed for the aquarium footprint and loaded system weight instead of relying on a generic furniture stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront aluminum supports:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea reinforces 525 models and above with front aluminum supports to help maintain rigidity across the large cabinet span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood:\u003c\/strong\u003e The moisture-resistant cabinet construction is built for aquarium use and finished in a clean white exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeveling feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable feet help the system sit properly on suitable flooring during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized equipment area:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet provides space for sump equipment, power management, ATO hardware, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern display style:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white finish works well in bright rooms, contemporary homes, offices, and retail display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 625 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 620 L \/ 163.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 497 L \/ 131.2 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 123 L \/ 32.5 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 cm L x 65 cm W x 60 cm H \/ approx. 59.1 x 25.6 x 23.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 148 cm \/ approx. 58.3 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 15 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold separately and should be selected for full 150 cm x 65 cm reef coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 625 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large mixed reefs, LPS coral systems, soft coral displays, SPS-capable reef builds, and customers wanting a deeper 150 cm aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and testing equipment before filling the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 65 cm depth requires thoughtful lighting placement and fixture selection for even coral coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add wavemakers to move water across the full length and behind rock structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The large ReefMat-ready sump supports advanced filtration and automation without replacing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuild and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assemble the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before installing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan major hardware first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, and optional automation before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall sump and plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ components are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRun a freshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test the plumbing and sump before final saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the valve slowly until the drain and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354839130,"sku":"AQ-RSXL625W3","price":6999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer525-625_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760119885"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-750-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 750 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 750 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 750 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 750 litre \/ 198.1 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system for aquarists who want the largest classic REEFER G3 platform with a 180 cm euro-braced ultra-clear display and black marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flagship-size base REEFER G3 system provides the tank, cabinet, sump infrastructure, extension sump, plumbing, overflow, ReefGate precision drain control, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off foundation while leaving the final equipment package open for custom selection. It is built for serious reef keepers planning a large mixed reef, showpiece coral display, SPS-capable system, or premium long-format aquarium where lighting, flow, skimming, return pumps, dosing, and automation need to be chosen intentionally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 750 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest classic REEFER G3 model:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 750 G3 is the largest system in the standard REEFER G3 family, giving reef keepers a major display footprint without moving into the REEFER-S line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 cm reef display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The long aquarium provides excellent room for fish movement, multiple coral zones, large aquascape structures, and more natural reef proportions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e750 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 198.1 gallon water volume supports high stability, more equipment planning flexibility, and a stronger foundation for mature coral growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet creates a bold showpiece presentation and keeps the focus on coral colour, lighting, and aquascape structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, and automation are selected separately for a tailored large reef build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-return planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 750 is designed around a dual-return configuration, making flow and return-pump planning especially important before setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e180 cm Euro-Braced Ultra-Clear Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main display gives reef keepers a substantial canvas for larger coral colonies, showpiece aquascapes, and carefully selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 x 65 x 60 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The long 180 cm length, broad 65 cm depth, and 60 cm height create a dramatic display with real room for layered reef structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 750 G3 is listed with 19 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced large-system strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e The braced construction supports the large footprint while keeping the top profile clean and professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves viewing clarity across the long display and helps coral colours look cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlagship room presence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 750 G3 has the visual impact needed for large living rooms, offices, showrooms, and dedicated reef installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Dual-Return Water Management\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically improved plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The G3 water-management system is designed for better circulation efficiency and higher-performing movement through the aquarium and sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged downflow inlet helps reduce turbulence in the overflow for quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision control:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bespoke gate valve allows fine adjustment of the main drain to stabilize water level and reduce drain noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer for easier maintenance and cleaner water-surface management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual return layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 750 uses a dual-return approach for better distribution across the long display when matched with appropriate return equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory-designed plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-assembled plumbing gives the large system a clean, organized water path and reduces the uncertainty of custom plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eLarge Sump System and ReefATO+ Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-capacity sump provides extensive space for skimming, mechanical filtration, media, reactors, dosing lines, probes, return equipment, and maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass extension sump included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 750 G3 includes a glass extension sump, giving this flagship model additional sump flexibility compared with smaller REEFER G3 systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready filtration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable mechanical chamber includes micron socks and media cups and is ready for optional automatic fleece-roll filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize sump water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The large sump footprint supports a wide range of protein skimmers, media reactors, nutrient-export methods, and controller layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for serious reef equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 750 G3 gives advanced aquarists the space and infrastructure needed for a fully featured large reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Cabinet with Aluminum Support Structure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet is built for aquarium use with moisture-resistant construction, leveling feet, stainless steel hinges, and a finished exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront aluminum supports:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea reinforces 525 models and above with front aluminum cabinet supports, especially important for long-span systems like the 750.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge equipment area:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet gives room for sump equipment, dual return planning, dosing containers, controller hardware, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-contrast display look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black finish visually anchors the 180 cm aquarium and makes reef lighting and coral colour stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatched structural fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included stand is designed for the aquarium footprint and loaded system weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black 750 G3 is well suited to serious home reefs, display installations, offices, and customer-facing environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 750 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 L \/ 198.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 L \/ 158.5 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 L \/ 39.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 cm L x 65 cm W x 60 cm H \/ approx. 70.9 x 25.6 x 23.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 148 cm \/ approx. 58.3 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, glass extension sump, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual returns with 2 x Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold separately and should be selected for full 180 cm x 65 cm reef coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 750 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large mixed reefs, SPS-capable systems, LPS coral displays, soft coral aquariums, and showpiece reef installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose dual return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing equipment, and controller hardware before filling the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 180 cm length and 65 cm depth require a multi-fixture lighting plan for even coral coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are essential for reef circulation beyond the dual return system, especially in SPS or dense mixed reefs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The large sump and extension sump provide strong flexibility for skimming, roller filtration, media, probes, dosing, and nutrient export.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pumps, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the full equipment package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select dual return pumps, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, and optional automation before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, dual return plumbing, sump, extension sump, and ReefATO+ are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing, sump operation, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the drain valve in small increments until the overflow and sump run quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass extension sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354871898,"sku":"AQ-RSXL750B3","price":8299.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer750_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760120312"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-750-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer 750 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 750 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer 750 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 750 litre \/ 198.1 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system that pairs the largest classic REEFER G3 display with a bright white marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 180 cm flagship-size base REEFER G3 system is built for aquarists who want a serious large reef foundation with Red Sea’s euro-braced ultra-clear glass display, white reinforced cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, glass extension sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration, integrated ReefATO+, ReefGate precision drain control, central surface-skimming overflow, and dual-return plumbing. Lighting, return pumps, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, and optional filtration upgrades are selected separately for a fully customized reef build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER 750 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlagship classic REEFER size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 750 G3 offers the largest footprint in the standard REEFER G3 lineup, making it a strong choice for serious home and display reef installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e198.1 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 750 L system provides the scale and stability needed for a mature reef with larger coral colonies and more advanced equipment planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet creates a bright, clean, modern look that helps the large aquarium feel polished and architectural.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e This base system lets customers choose the return pumps, reef lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and automation equipment they prefer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced large display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The thick ultra-clear glass and euro-braced format provide a reinforced structure for the 180 cm aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge-system sump flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included sump and extension sump create more planning room for filtration, dosing, probes, reactors, and long-term reef support equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e180 cm Ultra-Clear Display with White Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium provides substantial room for coral growth, fish movement, rock structures, open sand, and long-term reef development.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 x 65 x 60 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 70.9 inch length and 65 cm depth give aquarists a broad reef canvas for large aquascapes and multiple coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass build:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 750 G3 is listed with 19 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear low-iron viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The thick glass panels are designed for clean viewing and reduced tint across the large display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracing supports the large aquarium structure while maintaining a professional top profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright cabinet presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet visually lightens the largest REEFER G3 and suits modern rooms, offices, and showroom-style installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Water Management for a Long Reef Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized circulation architecture:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER G3 systems use improved plumbing and flow design to move water more efficiently through the aquarium and sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow inlet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular drain inlet helps reduce turbulence and operating noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate valve control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine drain adjustment allows the overflow and sump level to be tuned for quiet stable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow with removable surface skimmer helps manage surface film and display water clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual return design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 750 is planned around dual returns, helping distribute return flow across the long aquarium when matched with the proper pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean plumbing layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-assembled downflow and return plumbing keeps installation more organized and predictable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eHigh-Capacity Sump and Extension Sump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump system provides extensive room for filtration equipment, skimmer selection, return pumps, media, reactors, dosing lines, probes, and service access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass extension sump included:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER 750 G3 includes a glass extension sump for additional filtration and equipment flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical filtration area includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity and provides temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge-reef filtration flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout can support skimming, automatic mechanical filtration, carbon, reactors, refugium-style planning, dosing, and controller hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for serious reef systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 750 gives advanced aquarists the space needed to build a clean, automated, large reef aquarium around their preferred equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Cabinet with Aluminum Front Supports\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine-spec plywood cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is designed for aquarium use with moisture-resistant construction, leveling feet, stainless steel hinges, and a clean white finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront aluminum supports:\u003c\/strong\u003e The long cabinet span is reinforced with front aluminum supports for added structural rigidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge equipment compartment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet provides room for the sump, extension sump, dual return planning, dosing containers, probes, power management, and future equipment upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright large-system look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white finish softens the visual mass of the 180 cm aquarium and fits well in contemporary interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e The matching cabinet is designed for the tank footprint and loaded system weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional display finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white 750 G3 has the size and polish to act as a major room feature or premium showroom reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer 750 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 L \/ 198.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 L \/ 158.5 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 L \/ 39.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 cm L x 65 cm W x 60 cm H \/ approx. 70.9 x 25.6 x 23.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 148 cm \/ approx. 58.3 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, glass extension sump, ReefMat-ready layout, and ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual returns with 2 x Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold separately and should be selected for full 180 cm x 65 cm reef coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER 750 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large mixed reefs, SPS-capable coral systems, LPS displays, soft coral aquariums, and premium long-format showpiece reef installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReturn planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e This model is designed around dual return flow and should be planned with appropriate return pumps before setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a multi-fixture lighting plan that covers the full 180 cm length and 65 cm depth based on coral goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are needed for strong reef circulation beyond the return outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump and extension sump provide strong flexibility for automatic mechanical filtration, skimming, reactors, dosing, and monitoring equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pumps, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ua1FQpOs72s\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select dual return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and automation hardware before adding water or rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall all sump components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, dual returns, sump, extension sump, and ReefATO+ are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater first to verify plumbing, sump operation, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the downflow valve in small increments until the overflow and sump run quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually for long-term stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet and front aluminum supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass extension sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354904666,"sku":"AQ-RSXL750W3","price":8299.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer750_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760120431"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-550-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer S-550 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-550 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer S-550 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 549 litre \/ 145.0 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system designed for aquarists who want Red Sea’s higher-end REEFER-S infrastructure in a 120 cm display with a rigid black aluminum super-structure cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for serious reef keepers who want a stronger cabinet platform, deeper front-to-back aquascaping room, thicker euro-braced glass, and full control over equipment selection, the REEFER S-550 G3 combines a 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, black aluminum cabinet frame with replaceable panels, slide-out control panel, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off system. It is an excellent foundation for a high-end custom reef build where lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, and automation are selected separately to match the exact reef plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER S-550 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium REEFER-S platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-550 G3 sits above the standard REEFER footprint class with a stronger aluminum cabinet structure, thicker glass, deeper display proportions, and a more premium system architecture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e145 gallon total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 549 L total system volume provides excellent stability for a carefully planned reef aquarium while still fitting into a practical 120 cm display length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeeper 68 cm reef canvas:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added front-to-back depth gives aquascapers more room to create open negative space, island structures, caves, coral ledges, and natural-looking reef depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack aluminum super-structure cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet creates a bold, high-contrast display look while providing a rigid support system with replaceable panels and hidden adjustable feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is not a MAX or Deluxe package, so customers can choose the return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, controller, dosing system, and filtration upgrades that best fit their reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ecosystem ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is built to pair naturally with optional ReefRun pumps, ReefLED lighting, REEFER skimmers, ReefMat filtration, ReefWave pumps, ReefDose, and ReefBeat-connected devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e19 mm Ultra-Clear Euro-Braced Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e448 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display tank gives reef keepers 118.4 gallons of main aquarium space for coral colonies, selected reef fish, open sand sections, and larger aquascape structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 x 68 x 65 cm display dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-550 is deeper and taller than many standard 120 cm systems, giving the reef more dimensional presence from the front and side viewing angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display uses 19 mm ultra-clear glass on the front, sides, bottom, and back for a strong premium build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced reinforcement:\u003c\/strong\u003e The euro-braced top adds structural support for the larger glass volume while keeping the display clean and professional looking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron viewing clarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-clear glass helps reduce green tint and improves the appearance of coral colour, fish movement, and reef lighting through the thick panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium aquascaping proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 68 cm depth gives hobbyists room to create aquascapes that do not look flat against the back wall, especially when building mixed reef or LPS-focused displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Aluminum Cabinet and Slide-Out Control Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER-S cabinet uses a marine-spec aluminum frame rather than a conventional plywood-only support structure, giving the system a higher-end support platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable exterior panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet panels create a clean finished look while allowing the exterior to be part of a modular cabinet design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet includes hidden leveling feet to help achieve proper support during installation on suitable flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated slide-out panel gives a cleaner place to mount controllers, power supplies, and smart reef equipment instead of leaving hardware loose inside the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless cabinet hardware supports long-term use in a marine aquarium environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional black presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black finish visually frames the reef and helps cables, shadows, and equipment areas recede so coral colour and aquascape shape stay prominent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System and ReefGate Drain Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved G3 water path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER-S G3 platform uses Red Sea’s upgraded flow architecture for better movement from display to sump and back again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged downflow inlet helps reduce turbulence and supports quieter drain operation when the system is properly tuned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision downflow valve allows fine adjustment of the drain line so the overflow and sump can be set for stable, near-silent performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow box:\u003c\/strong\u003e The overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help pull film and floating debris from the display water surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e The improved dual returns help distribute return flow more effectively into the display and provide a better starting point for dedicated reef circulation pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included downflow and return plumbing reduce setup guesswork and keep the water-management system clean and purpose-built.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e101 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The in-cabinet sump provides practical space for skimmer selection, return equipment, mechanical filtration, chemical media, probes, dosing lines, and service access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready filtration chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump includes a mechanical filtration chamber with micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat 1200 path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-550 is well matched to the optional ReefMat 1200 for customers who want automatic fleece-roll mechanical filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included smart ATO system helps stabilize water level and salinity while also providing temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support a high-performance skimmer, carbon, media reactors, refugium-style planning, dosing lines, and monitoring accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge-system maintenance access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet and sump layout provide a cleaner, more serviceable equipment area than compact rear-sump systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-550 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 549 L \/ 145.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 448 L \/ 118.4 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 101 L \/ 26.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 47.2 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 153 cm \/ approx. 60.2 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 8000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER S-550 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large mixed reefs, LPS coral displays, soft coral systems, SPS-capable builds with proper flow and lighting, and premium custom reef installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e This base system requires a suitable return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and test equipment before cycling and stocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 120 cm length and 68 cm depth benefit from a multi-fixture lighting plan designed around coral goals, spread, mounting height, and desired PAR distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers should be selected to move water through the full depth of the reefscape, behind rockwork, and across coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ReefMat-ready sump gives customers a clean path to automatic mechanical filtration without replacing the aquarium system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER-S G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kf3muYqypQA\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm the system is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the return pump, skimmer, heater, lighting, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and any controller hardware before adding water or rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the control panel wisely:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan controller, power supply, and cable placement on the slide-out panel before the cabinet becomes crowded with equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ components are correctly installed before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the aquarium and sump with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing seals, sump level, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small drain-valve adjustments until the overflow and sump operate quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off to support stable reef chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually for long-term stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354937434,"sku":"AQ-RSS0550B3","price":7999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_s-550_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760121414"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-550-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer S-550 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-550 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer S-550 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 549 litre \/ 145.0 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system that combines Red Sea’s higher-end REEFER-S G3 infrastructure with a bright white aluminum super-structure cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for aquarists who want a serious custom reef foundation with deeper aquascaping space, thick euro-braced glass, a rigid aluminum stand system, and smart water-level stability, the REEFER S-550 G3 includes a 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, white aluminum cabinet frame with replaceable panels, slide-out control panel, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, ReefGate precision drain valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. It is a premium base system for reef keepers who want to choose their own lighting, return pump, skimmer, flow, heating, and automation equipment separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER S-550 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium REEFER-S foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-550 G3 gives hobbyists the upgraded REEFER-S cabinet, display, sump, and plumbing infrastructure in a practical 120 cm format.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e549 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system offers 145 gallons of total water volume, giving reef keepers a stable platform for a carefully planned mixed reef or coral-focused display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite aluminum cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet creates a bright, modern, furniture-style look while still using the rigid aluminum super-structure design of the REEFER-S line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeeper display proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 68 cm width gives substantially more aquascaping room than narrower 120 cm aquariums, making the reef look more natural and less flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system customization:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing system, and control equipment are selected separately for a build that matches the customer’s livestock and coral plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-end Red Sea ecosystem path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-550 G3 is well suited to optional ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefMat, ReefWave, ReefDose, REEFER skimmer, and ReefBeat-connected equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear Euro-Braced Display with 68 cm Depth\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e448 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main display provides 118.4 gallons of aquarium space for coral colonies, rock structures, reef-safe fish, and a more developed aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 x 68 x 65 cm display size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-550 footprint gives strong front-to-back depth and display height, creating more room for caves, ledges, sloped aquascapes, and open swimming zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The front, sides, bottom, and back are listed with 19 mm glass for a substantial premium display build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracing supports the larger display while preserving a clean, professional aquarium profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron clarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-clear glass improves the appearance of coral colour and fish movement by reducing the tint seen in standard glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal reefscape depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 68 cm front-to-back dimension gives hobbyists room to build negative-space layouts, island reefs, mixed coral gardens, and more natural reef structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Aluminum Cabinet and Control Panel Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid aluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER-S cabinet is built around an aluminum support structure for a premium large-system installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable cabinet panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white exterior panels create a clean modern finish while remaining part of a replaceable-panel cabinet design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet help support correct installation on suitable flooring while keeping the cabinet exterior clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated control panel gives customers a cleaner mounting location for controllers, power bricks, and smart reef hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless hardware supports durability in the humid environment around a marine aquarium cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright display presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white finish visually lightens the system and pairs well with contemporary homes, offices, showrooms, and clean modern interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System and ReefGate Precision Valve\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved G3 water movement:\u003c\/strong\u003e The REEFER-S G3 water-management design is built to improve flow efficiency through the overflow, sump, and return path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged downflow inlet helps reduce turbulence and supports quiet operation once tuned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate drain control:\u003c\/strong\u003e The precision valve allows fine adjustment of the downflow line so the overflow and sump can run with a stable water level and reduced drain noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help remove surface film and improve water-surface clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual curved returns help distribute water more effectively into the display and complement dedicated wavemaker circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included plumbing helps simplify installation and keeps the drain and return system organized below the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and Smart ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e101 litre sump capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump provides room for a high-performance skimmer, return equipment, media, dosing lines, probes, reactors, and future filtration upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat 1200 upgrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e The optional ReefMat 1200 is the natural mechanical-filtration upgrade path for customers who want automatic fleece-roll filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps maintain water level and salinity stability while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection in the ReefBeat ecosystem.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump supports carbon, reactors, refugium-style nutrient export, protein skimming, dosing equipment, and monitoring accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService-friendly equipment area:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminum cabinet and sump layout provide practical access for routine maintenance, equipment cleaning, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-550 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 549 L \/ 145.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 448 L \/ 118.4 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 101 L \/ 26.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 47.2 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 153 cm \/ approx. 60.2 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 8000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER S-550 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for premium mixed reefs, LPS coral displays, soft coral systems, SPS-capable builds with proper equipment, and custom Red Sea ecosystem installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a suitable return pump, reef lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, testing equipment, and optional automation before cycling the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 120 cm length and 68 cm depth should be covered with reef lighting chosen for coral type, aquascape height, spread, and intensity goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are recommended to move water through the full display depth and around rockwork beyond sump return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl-panel advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The slide-out control panel is useful for keeping controllers and power hardware organized in a clean high-end installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER-S G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kf3muYqypQA\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm the system is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the equipment layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the return pump, skimmer, heater, lighting, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, controller hardware, and dosing equipment before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the slide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan controller and power-supply placement early so the panel remains organized and serviceable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ components are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the tank and sump with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing, sump level, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the valve in small increments until the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding livestock, then stock gradually for long-term reef stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415354970202,"sku":"AQ-RSS0550W3","price":7999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_s-550_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760121433"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-700-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer S-700 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-700 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer S-700 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 699 litre \/ 184.6 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system built for aquarists who want Red Sea’s REEFER-S G3 platform in a large 150 cm format with a black aluminum super-structure cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for high-end custom reef builds, the REEFER S-700 G3 combines a euro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass display, rigid aluminum cabinet frame, replaceable black panels, slide-out control panel, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, ReefGate precision drain valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. This is a base REEFER-S system, so lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, and optional ReefMat are selected separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER S-700 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge REEFER-S reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-700 G3 gives reef keepers a substantial 150 cm display with the deeper 68 cm front-to-back dimension that defines the REEFER-S lineup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e699 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger water volume supports improved stability, more flexible livestock planning, and better long-term coral growth potential than smaller reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack aluminum cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet creates a bold, high-contrast presentation while the aluminum super-structure provides a rigid premium support platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, automation, and filtration upgrades can be chosen around the exact reef style being built.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium G3 water management:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system includes Red Sea’s improved flow architecture, quiet downflow design, ReefGate drain control, and dual return outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ecosystem ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-700 G3 is a strong platform for optional ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefWave, ReefMat, ReefDose, REEFER skimmer, and ReefBeat-connected equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e19 mm Ultra-Clear Euro-Braced Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e564 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium provides 148.9 gallons of display space for larger coral colonies, carefully selected fish, open sand areas, and mature aquascaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 x 68 x 65 cm display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added 68 cm depth gives aquascapers room for layered rockwork, swim-throughs, caves, negative space, and front-to-back coral zoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-700 G3 is listed with 19 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass for a substantial large-system build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced format:\u003c\/strong\u003e The euro-bracing reinforces the large display while keeping the aquarium clean and professional looking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity and helps coral colour, fish movement, and reef lighting show with less green tint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShowpiece reef proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 150 cm length and 65 cm height create a strong room presence while remaining more compact than the 180 cm and 210 cm REEFER-S models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Aluminum Cabinet and Control Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses a marine-spec aluminum frame for a strong premium support system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable black panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The exterior panels create a finished black look while remaining part of Red Sea’s modular cabinet design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet help the system sit correctly on suitable flooring while preserving a clean exterior appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included panel gives a cleaner place to mount controllers, power supplies, dosing hardware, and smart reef equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabinet hardware is suited to the humid environment around marine aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized equipment area:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet provides practical space for the sump, ATO hardware, controller layout, cable management, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System and ReefGate Tuning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized circulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER-S G3 systems use redesigned water management to improve circulation and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular downflow inlet helps reduce turbulence and operating noise when properly adjusted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision valve allows fine drain-line tuning for stable, near-silent overflow operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help draw film and floating debris into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual returns improve return-water distribution across the 150 cm display and complement dedicated reef wavemakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory-designed downflow and return plumbing helps simplify setup and keeps the under-cabinet system clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e135 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump provides space for skimmer selection, return pump installation, mechanical filtration, media, probes, dosing lines, and maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump includes micron socks and media cups and can be upgraded with an optional Red Sea ReefMat 1200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps manage evaporation, stabilize salinity, and provide temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefugium and media flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support carbon, media reactors, refugium-style nutrient export, dosing, and monitoring equipment depending on the build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServiceable large-system layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet sump keeps equipment accessible without crowding the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong long-term foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system can start as a clean mixed reef and scale into a more automated high-performance coral system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-700 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 699 L \/ 184.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 564 L \/ 148.9 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135 L \/ 35.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 59.1 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 153 cm \/ approx. 60.2 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER S-700 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large mixed reefs, LPS systems, soft coral displays, SPS-capable builds with proper lighting and flow, and premium custom reef installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a return pump, reef lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, test kits, and optional automation before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 150 cm length and 68 cm depth should be covered with a multi-fixture lighting plan matched to coral goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are recommended to move water through the full depth and length of the aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER-S G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kf3muYqypQA\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm the system is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, controller hardware, and dosing equipment before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the slide-out panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan controller and power-supply placement early so the equipment area remains organized and serviceable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing, sump level, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small valve adjustments until the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415355035738,"sku":"AQ-RSS0700B3","price":9699.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_s-700_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760121554"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-700-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer S-700 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-700 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer S-700 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 699 litre \/ 184.6 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system that pairs a large 150 cm REEFER-S G3 display with a bright white aluminum super-structure cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base REEFER-S system gives reef keepers the tank, cabinet, sump, plumbing, overflow, ReefGate precision valve, ReefATO+, slide-out control panel, and ReefMat-ready filtration foundation while allowing the return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, and automation package to be selected separately. The result is a clean premium platform for a large custom reef rather than a pre-bundled plug-and-play aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER S-700 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium 150 cm reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-700 G3 gives aquarists a large 150 cm display with the deeper 68 cm REEFER-S footprint for more natural aquascaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e184.6 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 699 L system volume supports better stability, larger coral colonies, and more long-term stocking flexibility than smaller aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite aluminum cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet gives the large aquarium a clean, modern, lighter appearance while retaining the rigid REEFER-S aluminum support structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing equipment, and automation can be chosen around the intended reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 flow upgrades:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system includes Red Sea’s optimized water path, quiet downflow design, ReefGate valve, and dual return outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for serious reef builds:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-700 is well suited to hobbyists planning a polished mixed reef, LPS display, soft coral system, or SPS-capable setup with appropriate equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDeep Ultra-Clear Euro-Braced Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e564 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display provides 148.9 gallons of main aquarium space for aquascaping, coral placement, and selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 x 68 x 65 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 68 cm depth gives the aquarium a more dimensional look and makes room for island structures, open sand, caves, and coral ledges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The front, sides, bottom, and back are listed with 19 mm glass for a substantial premium build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced support:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracing reinforces the large display while keeping the top profile clean and professional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron clarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-clear glass improves coral colour and fish visibility through the thick panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong showpiece proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The combination of length, depth, and height makes the S-700 a major display without requiring the longer 180 cm or 210 cm footprints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Aluminum Cabinet and Organized Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses Red Sea’s premium aluminum support system rather than a standard cabinet-only frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable white panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white exterior panels give the system a clean furniture-style finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet help the system sit correctly during installation while keeping the cabinet profile tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Controllers, power supplies, dosing equipment, and smart reef hardware can be mounted more cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is built with hardware suited to a marine aquarium environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright installation style:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white finish works well in modern homes, offices, showrooms, and bright display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefGate Plumbing and Dual Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamic G3 plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The water-management system is designed for stronger and more efficient circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent downflow system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rectangular drain inlet helps reduce turbulence and noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision tuning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine valve adjustment helps the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer for water-surface management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual outlets help distribute return flow across the 150 cm display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included downflow and return plumbing keeps setup cleaner than a fully custom plumbing project.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e135 litre sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump offers practical room for skimmer selection, return equipment, mechanical filtration, media, probes, and dosing lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical section includes micron socks and media cups and is ready for an optional ReefMat 1200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump supports carbon, reactors, refugium-style nutrient export, skimming, dosing, and monitoring accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService-friendly layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet sump and control panel help keep equipment accessible and organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable reef foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-700 can start simple and grow into a more automated Red Sea ecosystem over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-700 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 699 L \/ 184.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 564 L \/ 148.9 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135 L \/ 35.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 59.1 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 153 cm \/ approx. 60.2 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER S-700 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for larger mixed reefs, soft coral systems, LPS displays, and SPS-capable systems with proper lighting and flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, test kits, and optional automation before setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a multi-fixture lighting plan for the 150 cm length and 68 cm depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add dedicated wavemakers to support coral circulation beyond sump return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER-S G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kf3muYqypQA\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm the system is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and controller layout before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount controllers and power supplies neatly before the cabinet becomes crowded with equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ setup before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the aquarium and sump with freshwater before final saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small adjustments until the overflow and sump operate quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415355068506,"sku":"AQ-RSS0700W3","price":9699.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_s-700_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760121609"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-850-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer S-850 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-850 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer S-850 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 850 litre \/ 224.5 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system for aquarists who want a large 180 cm REEFER-S G3 display with a black aluminum super-structure cabinet and split-sump filtration platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base REEFER-S system is built for serious reef keepers planning a large custom aquarium with intentional equipment selection. It includes a euro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass display, heavy-duty black aluminum cabinet, replaceable panels, slide-out control panel, split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER S-850 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge 180 cm reef display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-850 G3 gives reef keepers a long display footprint for multiple coral zones, natural fish movement, and showpiece aquascaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e850 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 224.5 gallon volume supports strong stability, larger coral colonies, and more advanced filtration planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack aluminum cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black super-structure creates a premium high-contrast installation while providing a rigid support platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit sump design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-850 includes a main sump plus extension section for extra filtration flexibility, refugium use, frag capacity, or other planning needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, and automation are selected separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Red Sea ecosystem platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is ready for optional ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefWave, ReefMat, ReefDose, REEFER skimmers, and ReefBeat-connected hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e180 cm Euro-Braced Ultra-Clear Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e680 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium provides 179.6 gallons of display space for a mature reef aquascape, larger coral structures, and carefully selected fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 x 68 x 65 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The long 180 cm format and 68 cm depth allow island reefs, broad ledges, negative-space layouts, and multiple coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-850 G3 is listed with 19 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced large-system support:\u003c\/strong\u003e The braced format reinforces the large display while maintaining a clean professional profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity across the large viewing panels and helps coral colour show more accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShowpiece scale:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 180 cm length makes this model suitable for dedicated reef rooms, large living spaces, offices, and showroom-style installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Cabinet and Slide-Out Control Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty aluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet is built around a rigid aluminum support frame designed for large reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable black panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The exterior panels create a clean finished look while retaining the modular REEFER-S cabinet design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet support proper installation on suitable flooring without disrupting the cabinet appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated panel helps organize controllers, power supplies, dosing hardware, and smart devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge equipment area:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet provides space for the split sump, controller planning, cable routing, dosing equipment, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-contrast presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet visually frames reef lighting and coral colour while concealing the equipment area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System and Dual Return Planning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized G3 plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER-S G3 water management is designed for stronger and more efficient water circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rectangular downflow inlet reduces turbulence and supports quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The drain can be finely adjusted for a stable overflow level and near-silent sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer for improved water-surface management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual return outlets help distribute water across the 180 cm display and support a single or dual return-pump strategy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included pipework keeps installation clean and reduces custom plumbing guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSplit Sump, ReefMat Readiness, and ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e170 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The split sump provides significant space for skimming, media, probes, return pumps, dosing lines, and future filtration upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain plus extension sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extension section can support additional filtration planning, refugium use, frag space, or flexible equipment layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat 1200 ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical stage includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for an optional Red Sea ReefMat 1200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps maintain stable water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge-system filtration flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support skimming, carbon, reactors, refugium-style nutrient export, dosing, and monitoring equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced service access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet and split sump layout make maintenance and future equipment additions more manageable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-850 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 850 L \/ 224.5 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 680 L \/ 179.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 L \/ 44.9 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 70.9 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 153 cm \/ approx. 60.2 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER S-850 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large mixed reefs, SPS-capable systems, LPS displays, soft coral aquariums, and premium showpiece reef installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, dosing, and monitoring before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 180 cm length and 68 cm depth require a multi-fixture lighting plan based on coral goals and aquascape height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are needed for reef circulation beyond return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pumps, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER-S G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kf3muYqypQA\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm the system is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the equipment package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pumps, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, ReefMat, and controller layout before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the slide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount controllers, power supplies, and dosing equipment early for cleaner access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall split sump and plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the main sump, extension sump, overflow, ReefGate valve, returns, and ReefATO+ are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test the full system with freshwater before final saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the valve slowly until drain noise and sump level are stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415355101274,"sku":"AQ-RSS0850B3","price":10499.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_s-850_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760122056"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-850-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer S-850 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-850 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer S-850 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 850 litre \/ 224.5 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system that pairs a large 180 cm REEFER-S G3 display with a bright white aluminum super-structure cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base REEFER-S system is designed for aquarists building a large custom reef with carefully selected operating hardware. It includes a euro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass display, white aluminum cabinet, replaceable panels, slide-out control panel, split REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER S-850 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge white REEFER-S platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-850 G3 offers a long 180 cm display with a clean white cabinet finish for a bright premium installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e224.5 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 850 L system volume provides strong stability for a mature reef with larger coral colonies and advanced equipment planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit sump flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main sump and extension section support extra filtration planning, refugium use, frag capacity, or equipment organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pumps, lights, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, and controllers are chosen separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 water-management package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silent downflow, ReefGate control, surface skimming, optimized plumbing, and dual returns are all built into the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShowpiece-ready footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 180 cm length gives the reef a dramatic presence in large rooms, offices, showrooms, and dedicated aquarium spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear 180 cm Euro-Braced Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e680 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main display provides 179.6 gallons of aquarium space for large aquascapes, coral colonies, and selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 x 68 x 65 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The long and deep footprint supports layered aquascapes, open channels, islands, caves, and broad coral zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-850 G3 is listed with 19 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracing supports the large display while maintaining a clean professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron clarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-clear glass improves viewing quality through the large panels and helps reef colours look cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright cabinet contrast:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white stand visually lightens the large system while keeping focus on the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Aluminum Cabinet and Control Organization\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses a rigid marine-spec aluminum frame built for large-system support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable white panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white exterior gives the aquarium a clean modern furniture-style finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet help with proper installation while preserving the cabinet’s finished look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The control panel supports organized mounting for controllers, power supplies, dosing equipment, and smart reef devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge equipment cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The stand gives practical space for the split sump, ReefATO+, cables, controllers, and upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern showpiece look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet suits contemporary interiors and reduces the visual weight of the large aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eDual Returns and ReefGate Plumbing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized flow design:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER-S G3 plumbing is designed for stronger and more efficient circulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-turbulence downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular inlet helps the system run more quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The drain can be tuned in small increments for stable water level and reduced noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral surface skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable skimmer helps pull surface film into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return outlets help spread flow across the 180 cm display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady-to-install plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included pipework reduces setup guesswork and keeps the sump area organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSplit Sump and ReefATO+ Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e170 litre sump capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The split sump gives space for return pumps, skimmer selection, media, reactors, dosing lines, probes, and maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain plus extension sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extension can be used for extra filtration flexibility, refugium-style planning, frag space, or other large-system needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical section includes micron socks and media cups and accepts an optional ReefMat 1200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ supports water-level stability, salinity control, temperature monitoring, and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout can support a high-performance skimmer, reactors, automatic filtration, and dosing equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-term scalability:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-850 can be built as a refined mixed reef and upgraded into a heavily automated coral system over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-850 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 850 L \/ 224.5 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 680 L \/ 179.6 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 L \/ 44.9 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 70.9 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 153 cm \/ approx. 60.2 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER S-850 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large mixed reefs, SPS-capable builds, LPS displays, soft coral systems, and premium showpiece aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, ReefMat, dosing, and test equipment before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e A multi-fixture lighting layout is needed for full 180 cm x 68 cm coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are essential for coral circulation beyond the return outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pumps, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER-S G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kf3muYqypQA\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan equipment first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select return pumps, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and controller hardware before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the slide-out panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organize controllers and power supplies early for cleaner future service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the split sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm main sump, extension sump, plumbing, ReefGate valve, returns, and ReefATO+ are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test the full system before final saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small adjustments until the overflow runs quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for salt mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415355134042,"sku":"AQ-RSS0850W3","price":10499.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_s-850_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760122004"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-1000-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer S-1000 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-1000 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer S-1000 G3 - Black Cabinet is a flagship 1000 litre \/ 264.2 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system for aquarists who want the largest REEFER-S G3 display with a black aluminum super-structure cabinet and high-capacity split sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for serious large reef installations, the S-1000 G3 includes a 210 cm euro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, reinforced black aluminum cabinet, replaceable panels, slide-out control panel, split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, ReefMat-ready mechanical stage, ReefGate precision drain valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. This is a base REEFER-S system, so the operating equipment package is selected separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER S-1000 G3 Black Flagship Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest REEFER-S G3 platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-1000 G3 gives reef keepers a 210 cm display for a true flagship reef installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 264.2 gallon volume provides exceptional stability and long-term planning capacity for a mature reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack aluminum cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black super-structure gives the large system a bold professional look while supporting the long span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit sump capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main plus extension sump design provides major filtration flexibility for large-system equipment planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, and automation are selected separately for the intended reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShowpiece reef foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-1000 is suited to advanced mixed reefs, SPS-capable systems, large LPS displays, and high-end room-divider-style reef planning against a wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e210 cm Ultra-Clear Euro-Braced Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e795 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium provides 209.9 gallons of display space for large aquascapes, coral colonies, open swimming lanes, and showpiece fish planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e210 x 68 x 65 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 82.7 inch length gives unmatched space in the REEFER-S G3 lineup for multiple coral zones and long reef structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The front, sides, bottom, and back are listed with 19 mm ultra-clear glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bracing reinforces the large aquarium while preserving a premium professional profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass helps maintain clarity across the long display and reduces colour distortion through thick panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMajor room presence:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-1000 is intended for large homes, offices, showrooms, and dedicated reef spaces where the aquarium is a centerpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Aluminum Cabinet and Slide-Out Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty aluminum structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses Red Sea’s premium aluminum super-structure for a long-span large aquarium installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable black panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Exterior panels give the system a finished black furniture look while retaining modular serviceability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet support careful installation on suitable flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The panel helps organize controllers, power supplies, dosing equipment, and smart devices for a cleaner build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge equipment cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet provides room for split sump equipment, dual return planning, control hardware, cable routing, and long-term upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional black finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet visually anchors the long display and keeps the reef itself as the focal point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Large-System Flow and ReefGate Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized circulation design:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEFER-S G3 plumbing is designed for stronger, more efficient water movement through the display and sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged inlet reduces turbulence and helps lower drain noise when tuned correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision drain valve allows fine adjustment for stable, near-silent operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer for easier water-surface maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual outlets distribute return flow across the long 210 cm aquarium and support a dual-pump strategy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory-designed plumbing gives the large system a clean and predictable installation path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSplit REEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e205 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-capacity split sump gives extensive space for skimming, return pumps, media, reactors, dosing, probes, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain plus extension sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extension section can be used for a larger refugium, frag area, extra filtration, or flexible equipment planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat 1200 ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical filtration stage includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional ReefMat 1200 installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize salinity and water level while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced filtration potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout can support automatic filtration, oversized skimming, reactors, dosing containers, and control equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for serious reef systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-1000 gives advanced aquarists the space and infrastructure needed for a fully featured large reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-1000 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 L \/ 264.2 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 795 L \/ 209.9 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 205 L \/ 54.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 82.7 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 153 cm \/ approx. 60.2 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER S-1000 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for flagship mixed reefs, SPS-capable systems, large LPS displays, soft coral aquariums, and premium showpiece installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan dual return pumps, multi-fixture lighting, skimmer, heaters, wavemakers, ReefMat, dosing, and monitoring before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 210 cm length requires a coordinated multi-fixture lighting layout for even coral coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are essential for broad circulation across the long display and behind rockwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pumps, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER-S G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kf3muYqypQA\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the full equipment package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select dual return pumps, skimmer, lighting, heaters, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and controller hardware before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the slide-out panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organize controllers, power supplies, and dosing hardware before final equipment placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall split sump and plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the main sump, extension sump, overflow, ReefGate valve, returns, and ReefATO+ are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the entire system with freshwater before saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the valve slowly until the overflow and sump run quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for salt mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356379226,"sku":"AQ-RSS1000B3","price":11999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_s-1000_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760121950"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-s-1000-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer S-1000 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-1000 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer S-1000 G3 - White Cabinet is a flagship 1000 litre \/ 264.2 gallon reef-ready aquarium and cabinet system that combines Red Sea’s largest REEFER-S G3 display with a bright white aluminum super-structure cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 210 cm base REEFER-S system is made for advanced reef keepers planning a large custom aquarium with carefully selected lighting, return pumps, skimming, heating, flow, dosing, and automation. It includes a euro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass display, white aluminum cabinet, replaceable panels, slide-out control panel, split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration, ReefGate precision drain valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER S-1000 G3 White Flagship Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest REEFER-S G3 format:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-1000 gives reef keepers a 210 cm display for a major long-format reef installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e264.2 gallon total volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1000 L system provides serious stability, room for mature coral colonies, and flexibility for advanced filtration planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite aluminum cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet visually lightens the large aquarium while retaining a rigid premium aluminum support structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit sump design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main sump and extension section provide extensive room for filtration, refugium planning, frag space, equipment, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, and monitoring can be selected separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium showpiece potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-1000 White is suited to large homes, offices, showrooms, and dedicated reef spaces where the aquarium is intended to be a centerpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e210 cm Euro-Braced Ultra-Clear Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e795 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquarium provides 209.9 gallons of main display space for long reef structures, coral colonies, and carefully selected fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e210 x 68 x 65 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The long display allows multiple aquascape zones, broad swimming lanes, open channels, and large coral layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm ultra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The front, sides, bottom, and back are listed with 19 mm glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The braced top reinforces the large display while keeping a clean professional aquarium profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron viewing quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-clear glass improves colour presentation and clarity across the large viewing panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright furniture presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet helps the large system feel cleaner and more architectural in modern spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Aluminum Cabinet and Control Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses a rigid support frame designed for a long-span flagship reef aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable white panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The exterior panels provide a clean modern finish and remain part of a modular cabinet design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet support correct installation on suitable flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included panel helps organize controllers, power supplies, dosing equipment, and smart reef hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge equipment area:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet provides space for split sump equipment, dual return planning, controllers, dosing, and long-term upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern showpiece look:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white finish softens the visual mass of the 210 cm aquarium and suits contemporary display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Plumbing, ReefGate, and Dual Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamic G3 plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flow system is designed for efficient movement through a large display and sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow system:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular inlet reduces turbulence and supports quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine drain adjustment helps stabilize sump water level and reduce drain noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer for easier maintenance and water-surface clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual returns distribute water across the long aquarium and support a dual-pump plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included pipework keeps installation more organized than a custom plumbing build from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSplit Sump and ReefATO+ Automation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e205 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The split sump provides extensive equipment and filtration space for a flagship reef build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain plus extension sections:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extension sump can support refugium use, frag planning, extra filtration, or flexible equipment organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical stage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Micron socks and media cups are included, and the layout is designed for optional ReefMat 1200 installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support skimming, reactors, dosing, monitoring probes, automatic filtration, and nutrient export systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for long-term automation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-1000 provides the space and infrastructure needed for a highly organized Red Sea smart ecosystem build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer S-1000 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 L \/ 264.2 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 795 L \/ 209.9 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 205 L \/ 54.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 82.7 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 153 cm \/ approx. 60.2 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear glass aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the REEFER S-1000 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for flagship mixed reefs, SPS-capable systems, large LPS displays, soft coral aquariums, and premium long-format installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan dual return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heaters, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, dosing, and monitoring before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 210 cm length requires a multi-fixture layout selected around coral goals and coverage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are essential for broad reef circulation beyond sump turnover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pumps, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER-S G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/kf3muYqypQA\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the complete hardware package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose dual return pumps, skimmer, lights, heaters, wavemakers, ReefMat, and controller layout before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount controllers and power supplies neatly for easier long-term service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the split sump and plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the main sump, extension sump, overflow, ReefGate valve, returns, and ReefATO+ are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test the full system before final saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the valve in small steps until the overflow and sump run quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved dual return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356444762,"sku":"AQ-RSS1000W3","price":11999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_s-1000_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760121661"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-350-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula 350 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula 350 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Peninsula 350 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 352 litre \/ 93.0 gallon reef-ready peninsula aquarium system designed for aquarists who want a compact room-divider reef display with Red Sea’s G3 water-management platform and a clean black marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to be viewed from three sides, this peninsula-style REEFER system is ideal for open-concept spaces, living rooms, offices, and feature displays where the aquarium is meant to divide a room rather than sit flat against a wall. The system includes a rimless 15 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, black marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual side returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. Lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, livestock, rock, sand, and salt are selected separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula 350 G3 Black Room-Divider System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-sided peninsula viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Peninsula 350 G3 is designed to be viewed from both long sides and the end panel, creating a more immersive reef display than a standard wall-facing aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact room-divider footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 96 cm length makes it easier to place than larger peninsula tanks while still giving the reef a strong architectural presence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e352 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 93.0 gallon system volume provides a stable foundation for a carefully planned reef aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black marine-spec cabinet creates a high-contrast look that helps coral colour, aquascape shape, and reef lighting stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase-system flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, flow pumps, dosing equipment, and automation can be chosen separately around the customer’s reef goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 reef infrastructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydrodynamic plumbing, quiet downflow design, ReefGate control, ReefATO+, and a ReefMat-ready sump give the system a strong modern Red Sea foundation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRimless Ultra-Clear Peninsula Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e278 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main display gives 73.4 gallons of reef space for coral placement, open sand areas, rock islands, swim-throughs, and selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e96 x 63.5 x 60 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The generous 63.5 cm width gives the aquascape useful depth for a three-sided room-divider layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 mm glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Peninsula 350 G3 uses 15 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless ultra-clear format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass and the rimless top give the aquarium a clean premium look with excellent viewing clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for island aquascapes:\u003c\/strong\u003e The layout is well suited to central rock structures, negative space, caves, open channels, and coral placement visible from multiple angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-top access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rimless design makes aquascaping, maintenance, feeding, and coral placement more convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Water Management and Peninsula Flow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically optimized piping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s G3 water path is designed for stronger, more efficient circulation through the overflow, sump, and return path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-turbulence downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular drain inlet helps reduce turbulence and supports quieter running once the system is tuned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-precision downflow valve allows fine control of the drain line for stable, near-silent overflow operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow with surface skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The overflow pulls surface water into the filtration path and helps reduce surface film.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual side returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e The side return outlets help move water along the peninsula viewing pane and reduce dead zones when paired with proper wavemaker flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included pipework gives the system a clean factory-designed drain and return layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e74.6 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump gives dedicated space for mechanical filtration, skimmer selection, return equipment, media, probes, and maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable mechanical compartment includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps manage evaporation-driven water-level changes and salinity stability while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support skimming, carbon, media, dosing lines, monitoring probes, and future filtration upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner equipment layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet sump keeps filtration and support equipment below the display instead of crowding the reef view.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoom-divider service access:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system should be positioned with enough room for cabinet, sump, plumbing, and glass maintenance from the appropriate sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula 350 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 352 L \/ 93.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 278 L \/ 73.4 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 74.6 L \/ 19.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 96 cm L x 63.5 cm W x 60 cm H \/ approx. 37.8 x 25.0 x 23.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 cm \/ approx. 63.0 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 15 mm bottom glass, and 15 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear peninsula aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the Peninsula 350 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for room-divider reef aquariums, compact peninsula displays, LPS reefs, soft coral systems, and carefully planned mixed reefs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, test kits, and optional automation before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeninsula aquascaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rockwork should look intentional from both long viewing sides, not just from one front-facing angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 fixtures are sold separately, and lighting should be selected for full length and width coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add wavemakers to supplement return flow and keep detritus from settling behind rock structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan room placement first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peninsula aquariums need space for viewing, cleaning, cabinet access, and safe movement around the exposed sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and controller layout before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing, sump operation, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small valve adjustments until the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless ultra-clear peninsula aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual curved side return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356477530,"sku":"AQ-RSP350B3","price":5099.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_peninsula_350_g3_black-1_bcb20f4c-32af-427e-a2fc-d34cb5fae551.jpg?v=1760121189"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-350-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula 350 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula 350 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Peninsula 350 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 352 litre \/ 93.0 gallon reef-ready peninsula aquarium system that combines Red Sea’s compact three-sided display format with a bright white marine-spec cabinet and G3 reef infrastructure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as a room-divider reef aquarium, the Peninsula 350 G3 allows the aquascape to be viewed from both long sides and the end panel, making it a strong choice for open-concept rooms, offices, reception areas, and feature aquarium installations. This base REEFER Peninsula package includes a rimless 15 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, white marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefGate precision drain valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual side returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. Lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, livestock, rock, sand, and salt are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula 350 G3 White Room-Divider System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact peninsula reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 350 G3 brings the room-divider aquarium concept into a manageable 96 cm length that works in more spaces than larger peninsula systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-sided reef viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquarium is built to show the reef from both long sides and the end panel for a more open and immersive display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e93 gallon total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 352 L system volume gives reef keepers a stable foundation for a carefully selected livestock and coral plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet creates a clean, bright, modern look that visually lightens the aquarium installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e This base system lets customers choose their preferred return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, flow pumps, and automation hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 water-management platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system includes ReefGate control, hydrodynamic plumbing, quiet downflow design, dual returns, ReefATO+, and a ReefMat-ready sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRimless Ultra-Clear 96 cm Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e278 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium provides 73.4 gallons of display space for a reef that can be enjoyed from multiple angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e96 x 63.5 x 60 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wide 63.5 cm footprint gives enough depth for island rockwork, caves, open channels, and negative-space aquascaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 mm glass specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Peninsula 350 G3 uses 15 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear low-iron glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e The viewing panels help reduce colour distortion and improve the appearance of coral colour and reef lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRimless display format:\u003c\/strong\u003e The clean open-top style gives the system a premium modern appearance with easy access for maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent room-divider proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The tank is compact enough to place thoughtfully while still offering the width needed for peninsula aquascaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Plumbing and Dual Side Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamic flow path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The G3 plumbing design is built to move water efficiently through the display, overflow, sump, and return system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged drain inlet reduces turbulence and helps the system run more quietly when tuned properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate drain control:\u003c\/strong\u003e The precision valve allows fine adjustment of the downflow line for stable and near-silent sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help pull film and floating debris into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual side return nozzles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Curved side returns help distribute return flow along the peninsula viewing pane and across the open aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included pipework simplifies installation compared with designing custom plumbing from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e74.6 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The in-cabinet sump provides practical space for mechanical filtration, skimmer selection, return equipment, media, probes, and dosing lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical filtration compartment includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump supports carbon, media, skimming, monitoring accessories, and future automation upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner display presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Support equipment is kept inside the cabinet so the three-sided display remains focused on the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServiceable cabinet layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump and plumbing are accessible from the cabinet area for regular maintenance and equipment adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula 350 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 352 L \/ 93.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 278 L \/ 73.4 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 74.6 L \/ 19.7 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 96 cm L x 63.5 cm W x 60 cm H \/ approx. 37.8 x 25.0 x 23.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 cm \/ approx. 63.0 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 15 mm bottom glass, and 15 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rimless ultra-clear peninsula aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 6000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 115, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the Peninsula 350 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for room-divider reefs, compact peninsula displays, soft coral systems, LPS reefs, and carefully planned mixed reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, test kits, and optional automation before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquascape visibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan rockwork and coral placement so the display looks finished from both long viewing sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED fixtures are sold separately and should be positioned for even coverage across the full peninsula layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are recommended to supplement the return flow and move water around the central aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the room layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave room for three-sided viewing, glass cleaning, cabinet access, and safe movement around the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and controller layout before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing and sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the valve in small increments until the overflow and sump operate quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless ultra-clear peninsula aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual curved side return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356510298,"sku":"AQ-RSP350W3","price":5099.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_peninsula_350_g3_white-1_c6a04c2a-2bfe-4310-bcf7-72ef15e27f4b.jpg?v=1760121135"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-500-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 519 litre \/ 137.0 gallon reef-ready peninsula aquarium system for aquarists who want a larger three-sided room-divider display with euro-braced ultra-clear glass and a black marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a 125 cm length and broad 63.5 cm width, the Peninsula 500 G3 gives reef keepers more aquascaping room, more swimming space, and a stronger room-divider presence than the smaller Peninsula 350. This base REEFER Peninsula system includes a euro-braced 15 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, black marine-spec plywood cabinet, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, curved dual side return nozzles, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. Lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, rock, sand, salt, and livestock are selected separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula 500 G3 Black Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger peninsula display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 500 G3 extends the room-divider concept to a 125 cm display, creating more visual impact and more usable reef space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-sided viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquascape can be enjoyed from both long sides and the end panel, making the system ideal for open rooms, feature walls, and divider-style installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e519 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger water volume supports improved stability, more livestock planning flexibility, and stronger long-term reef potential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black marine-spec cabinet creates a bold high-contrast look that keeps attention on the reef.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e This base package lets customers choose the exact lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, flow, and control equipment they prefer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 reef-ready infrastructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefGate control, optimized plumbing, quiet downflow, dual returns, ReefATO+, and a ReefMat-ready sump give the system a premium foundation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eEuro-Braced Ultra-Clear Peninsula Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e412 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium gives 108.8 gallons of reef space for larger aquascapes, coral colonies, open sand, and selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 x 63.5 x 60 cm display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer footprint supports broader island layouts, extended rock structures, open channels, and more natural room-divider proportions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 mm glass build:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Peninsula 500 G3 uses 15 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced format:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger 500 model is euro-braced for added rigidity while maintaining a clean premium aquarium profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity and reduces tint so coral colour and reef lighting show more accurately from multiple sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for display symmetry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Since both long sides are visible, rockwork and equipment placement should be planned to look clean from every viewing angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow Architecture and ReefGate Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically optimized piping:\u003c\/strong\u003e The G3 plumbing layout is designed for stronger, more efficient water movement from display to sump and back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The low-turbulence drain inlet helps reduce noise and makes the system easier to tune.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine drain adjustment allows the overflow and sump water level to be tuned for quiet, stable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow with surface skimmer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The overflow pulls surface water into the filtration path and helps reduce film across the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual side returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e The return outlets help sweep water along the long peninsula run and support better distribution through the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled pipework:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factory-designed plumbing helps simplify setup and keeps the under-cabinet system organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e106.6 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger sump provides useful space for return equipment, skimmer selection, media, dosing lines, probes, and maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical filtration stage includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional ReefMat installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat 500 path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The optional ReefMat 500 is the natural Red Sea roller-filter upgrade for this system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps maintain stable water level and salinity while also providing temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump supports protein skimming, carbon, media reactors, dosing, monitoring, and other equipment depending on the reef plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner display area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filtration equipment stays inside the cabinet so the visible three-sided aquarium remains clean and reef-focused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 519 L \/ 137.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 412 L \/ 108.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 106.6 L \/ 28.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 cm L x 63.5 cm W x 60 cm H \/ approx. 49.2 x 25.0 x 23.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 cm \/ approx. 63.0 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 15 mm bottom glass, and 15 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear peninsula aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 8000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 500, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the Peninsula 500 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for larger room-divider reef aquariums, mixed reefs, LPS coral displays, soft coral systems, and feature installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add the return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, test kits, and automation before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 170 fixtures are sold separately, and lighting should be planned for even coverage across the full 125 cm length and 63.5 cm width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are recommended to supplement the dual side returns and prevent detritus from settling behind central rockwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoom-divider planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Position the tank with enough access for cleaning both long viewing panels and servicing the cabinet and sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the room-divider location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm there is enough clearance for three-sided viewing, glass cleaning, cabinet access, and freight placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and controller layout before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, ReefGate valve, downflow, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify seals, sump level, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small valve adjustments until the overflow and sump operate quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually for stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear peninsula aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual curved side return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356543066,"sku":"AQ-RSP500B3","price":5999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_peninsula_500_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760121081"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-500-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 519 litre \/ 137.0 gallon reef-ready peninsula aquarium system that pairs Red Sea’s larger three-sided display format with a bright white marine-spec cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for customers who want a larger room-divider reef aquarium without moving into the oversized REEFER-S Peninsula sizes, the Peninsula 500 G3 delivers a 125 cm euro-braced ultra-clear display, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, ReefGate precision valve, central surface-skimming overflow, curved dual side return nozzles, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. This is a base REEFER Peninsula system, so lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, livestock, rock, sand, and salt are selected separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula 500 G3 White Reef System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger room-divider reef platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Peninsula 500 G3 gives aquarists a longer 125 cm display that works beautifully as a room divider, central display, or open-concept reef feature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-sided viewing experience:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display is designed to be enjoyed from both long sides and the end panel, creating a more architectural reef presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e137 gallon total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 519 L volume provides strong stability and more planning flexibility than smaller peninsula systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white marine-spec cabinet creates a clean, bright, modern display that pairs well with contemporary interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, control, and optional filtration upgrades can be selected to suit the reef plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 infrastructure package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized plumbing, quiet downflow, ReefGate valve, dual side returns, ReefATO+, and a ReefMat-ready sump are built into the system foundation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eEuro-Braced Ultra-Clear Peninsula Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e412 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium provides 108.8 gallons of space for a larger aquascape, coral colonies, open sand, and carefully chosen reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 x 63.5 x 60 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The longer footprint gives more room for island layouts, long reef structures, swim-throughs, and visible aquascaping depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 mm glass panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Peninsula 500 G3 is listed with 15 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The larger display uses euro-bracing for added rigidity while maintaining a clean premium profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity and reduces tint so the reef looks cleaner from multiple viewing angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for balanced aquascapes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rockwork should be planned as a central reef structure rather than a one-sided wall, so the display looks finished from every side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Flow System and ReefGate Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically optimized water path:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea’s G3 plumbing supports efficient movement through the overflow, sump, and return system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The low-turbulence drain inlet helps reduce operating noise when properly tuned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The drain line can be adjusted in small increments for stable, near-silent sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface-skimming overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The central overflow includes a removable surface skimmer to help manage surface film and clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual side returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e The return nozzles help move water along the long peninsula display and support better flow distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-assembled plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included downflow and return plumbing gives the system a clean factory-designed water path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e106.6 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump offers useful space for mechanical filtration, skimmer selection, return equipment, media, probes, and dosing lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e Micron socks and media cups are included, and the chamber is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat 500:\u003c\/strong\u003e The optional ReefMat 500 is the natural roller-filter upgrade path for this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration choices:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support skimming, carbon, media reactors, probes, dosing equipment, and future reef automation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean three-sided display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet sump keeps support equipment out of the visible aquascape so the room-divider display remains uncluttered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula 500 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 519 L \/ 137.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 412 L \/ 108.8 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 106.6 L \/ 28.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 cm L x 63.5 cm W x 60 cm H \/ approx. 49.2 x 25.0 x 23.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 cm \/ approx. 63.0 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm front glass, 15 mm side glass, 15 mm bottom glass, and 15 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear peninsula aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 8000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 500, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the Peninsula 500 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for room-divider aquariums, larger mixed reefs, LPS displays, soft coral systems, and open-concept reef installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, test kits, and any automation before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 170 fixtures are sold separately and should be positioned for even coverage across the long peninsula layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are recommended for broad reef circulation beyond the dual side returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allow space for glass cleaning, cabinet access, sump maintenance, and safe movement around the exposed viewing sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm placement first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan the peninsula location carefully so the tank can be viewed, cleaned, and serviced from the correct sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and controller layout before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are installed correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing and sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small valve adjustments until the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals, then stock gradually for long-term stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced ultra-clear peninsula aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite marine-spec plywood cabinet with leveling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual curved side return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356575834,"sku":"AQ-RSP500W3","price":5999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_peninsula_500_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760121016"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-s-700-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 705 litre \/ 186.2 gallon reef-ready peninsula aquarium system built for aquarists who want a large three-sided room-divider reef display with Red Sea’s reinforced REEFER-S G3 aluminum cabinet platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for serious custom reef builds, the Peninsula S-700 G3 combines a 151 cm euro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, black aluminum super-structure cabinet, replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, slide-out control panel, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, dual curved side return nozzles, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. This is a base REEFER Peninsula S-Series system, so lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, rock, sand, salt, livestock, and test kits are selected separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula S-700 G3 Black Room-Divider System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge peninsula display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 151 cm length and three-sided viewing format make this system ideal for open-concept rooms, offices, lobbies, and feature reef installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e186.2 gallon total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 705 L system volume provides strong stability for a mature mixed reef, LPS display, soft coral system, or SPS-capable build with proper lighting and flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack aluminum super-structure cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rigid aluminum cabinet support and black exterior panels create a high-end room-divider installation with a bold modern finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium REEFER-S upgrade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compared with the standard Peninsula models, the S-700 adds the aluminum cabinet platform, slide-out control panel, deeper display proportions, and 19 mm glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Customers can choose their preferred return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, control, and filtration upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 water-management foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefGate tuning, optimized plumbing, low-turbulence downflow, dual side returns, ReefATO+, and ReefMat readiness are built into the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e151 cm Euro-Braced Ultra-Clear Peninsula Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e568 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium provides 150.0 gallons of display space for coral colonies, open sand areas, rock islands, swim-throughs, and carefully selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e151 x 68 x 65 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The long and deep footprint gives aquascapers room for a central reef structure that looks finished from both long sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-700 G3 uses 19 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass for a substantial premium display build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced top frame supports the larger peninsula display while maintaining a clean professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity and helps coral colour, fish movement, and reef lighting show with less tint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoom-divider aquascaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display should be planned as a three-dimensional reef, not a one-sided rock wall, so both viewing sides look complete.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Aluminum Cabinet and Slide-Out Control Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses a robust aluminum support frame for extra fortification on the long peninsula span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable black panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The exterior panels create a finished black cabinet look while remaining part of the modular REEFER-S cabinet design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet help the system sit correctly on suitable flooring while keeping the cabinet profile clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated panel provides a dedicated location for mounting controllers, power supplies, dosing hardware, and smart reef accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean equipment organization:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet layout supports a more serviceable installation with sump equipment, ATO hardware, cables, and future upgrades contained below the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-contrast presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet visually frames coral colour and reef lighting while keeping attention on the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Peninsula Flow and ReefGate Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically optimized plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The G3 water path is designed for stronger and more efficient flow through the overflow, sump, and return system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The low-turbulence drain inlet helps reduce operating noise when properly tuned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine drain adjustment allows the overflow and sump level to be tuned for quiet, stable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable surface skimmer helps pull surface film and floating debris into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual curved side returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side-mounted returns help sweep water along the peninsula layout and improve distribution toward the far end of the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle or dual return planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The plumbing layout gives flexibility for the recommended ReefRun G2 12000 return strategy, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e136.7 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump gives generous space for skimmer selection, return equipment, mechanical filtration, media, probes, dosing lines, and maintenance access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanical filtration section includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat 1200 installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support skimming, carbon, reactors, refugium-style nutrient export, dosing, and monitoring equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner display area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipment is housed below the aquarium so the three-sided display remains focused on rockwork, coral, and fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-term upgrade path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system can start as a clean mixed reef and grow into a more automated Red Sea ecosystem over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 705 L \/ 186.2 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 568 L \/ 150.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 136.7 L \/ 36.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 151 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 59.4 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 165 cm \/ approx. 65.0 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear peninsula aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the Peninsula S-700 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large room-divider reefs, mixed reef aquariums, LPS systems, soft coral displays, and SPS-capable builds with proper equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, test kits, and optional automation before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 151 cm length and 68 cm depth require a multi-fixture lighting plan selected around coral goals and aquascape height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add dedicated wavemakers to move water around the central rockwork and through both long viewing sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allow access for glass cleaning, cabinet service, sump maintenance, and safe movement around the exposed sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the room-divider location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the installation location allows three-sided viewing, glass cleaning, cabinet access, and freight placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan control-panel layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Decide where controllers, power supplies, dosing hardware, and cable routing will sit before the cabinet becomes crowded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and test equipment before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, sump, and ReefATO+ are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system with freshwater before final saltwater setup to verify plumbing, sump level, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small valve adjustments until the overflow and sump operate quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear peninsula aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual curved side return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356641370,"sku":"AQ-RSP650B3","price":9999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_peninsula_700_g3_black-1.jpg?v=1760120834"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-s-700-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 705 litre \/ 186.2 gallon reef-ready peninsula aquarium system that pairs a large three-sided REEFER-S G3 display with a bright white aluminum super-structure cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base REEFER Peninsula S-Series system is designed for aquarists building a serious room-divider reef with their own selected equipment package. It includes a 151 cm euro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, white aluminum super-structure cabinet, replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, slide-out control panel, REEF-SPEC sump, ReefMat-ready mechanical filtration chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, dual curved side returns, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. Lighting, return pump, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, rock, sand, salt, livestock, and test kits are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula S-700 G3 White Room-Divider System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium 151 cm peninsula format:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-700 G3 provides a large room-divider reef display that can be viewed from both long sides and the end panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e705 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The added volume supports more stable reef conditions and gives aquarists room for a larger coral and fish plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite aluminum cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet creates a bright, modern, architectural look while retaining the stronger REEFER-S aluminum support platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-sided reef presentation:\u003c\/strong\u003e This model is ideal for open-concept spaces where the aquarium is meant to define the room rather than sit against a wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pump, lights, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, dosing, control, and filtration upgrades can be chosen to match the reef plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG3 Peninsula infrastructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefGate, ReefATO+, optimized plumbing, dual side returns, low-turbulence downflow, and ReefMat readiness are built in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eUltra-Clear Euro-Braced Peninsula Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e568 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The display offers 150.0 gallons of aquarium space for a more mature aquascape, coral colonies, open sand, and selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e151 x 68 x 65 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 68 cm depth gives the reef a strong three-dimensional appearance from both long sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front, side, bottom, and back panels are listed at 19 mm for a strong premium display build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced format:\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced top helps support the large display while maintaining a professional aquarium profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear glass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron panels improve visual clarity and help reef lighting and coral colour show cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced aquascape potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The peninsula layout encourages central structures, open channels, islands, and coral placement that looks finished from multiple angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Aluminum Cabinet and Control Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid aluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses Red Sea’s premium aluminum support system for added fortification across the long span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable white panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The exterior panels give the system a clean furniture-style finish while remaining part of the modular cabinet design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The leveling system helps the aquarium sit correctly on suitable flooring without disrupting the cabinet appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The control panel gives a cleaner mounting point for controllers, power supplies, dosing hardware, and other reef devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eService-friendly layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet provides practical access for sump maintenance, power management, ReefATO+ components, and future equipment upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright display style:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white finish visually lightens the large system and suits modern homes, offices, lobbies, and display spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eReefGate Plumbing and Dual Side Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamic G3 plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The water-management system is designed for efficient movement from display to sump and back again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet downflow inlet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged rectangular inlet reduces turbulence and helps the drain run more quietly when tuned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The downflow can be adjusted in small increments for stable, near-silent operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable surface skimmer helps manage surface film and directs water into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved dual side outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side returns help move water across the long peninsula run and toward the far end of the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory plumbing package:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-assembled plumbing makes installation cleaner and more predictable than designing a custom sump connection from scratch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eREEF-SPEC Sump and Smart ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e136.7 litre sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump provides space for skimmer selection, return equipment, mechanical filtration, media, probes, dosing lines, and service access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical stage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Micron socks and media cups are included, and the layout accepts an optional Red Sea ReefMat 1200.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps maintain stable water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump can support carbon, reactors, refugium-style nutrient export, dosing, and monitoring accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean three-sided display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipment stays below the tank so the visible aquarium remains focused on rockwork, coral, and livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable reef foundation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-700 can be built as a simple large reef or expanded into a more automated Red Sea ecosystem.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula S-700 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 705 L \/ 186.2 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 568 L \/ 150.0 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 136.7 L \/ 36.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 151 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 59.4 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 165 cm \/ approx. 65.0 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear peninsula aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e REEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the Peninsula S-700 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for large room-divider aquariums, mixed reefs, LPS displays, soft coral systems, and SPS-capable builds with suitable hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add the return pump, lighting, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, test kits, and automation before cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended ReefLED G2 170 fixtures are sold separately and should be positioned for full 151 x 68 cm coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are recommended to supplement return flow and move water through the central reefscape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoom access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan enough clearance for glass cleaning, cabinet access, sump service, and safe movement around the exposed panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pump, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm placement first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peninsula aquariums need access for viewing, cleaning, cabinet service, and freight positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the slide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan controller, power-supply, and dosing-hardware placement before the system is fully stocked with equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pump, skimmer, lighting, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and test kits before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall plumbing carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm overflow, downflow, ReefGate valve, returns, sump, and ReefATO+ setup before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeak test with freshwater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the aquarium and sump with freshwater before final saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the valve slowly until the overflow and sump run quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before livestock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear peninsula aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEF-SPEC sump with mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual curved side return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356674138,"sku":"AQ-RSP650W3","price":9999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_peninsula_700_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760120804"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-s-950-g3-black-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-950 G3 - Black Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula S-950 G3 - Black Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-950 G3 - Black Cabinet is a premium 947 litre \/ 250.1 gallon reef-ready peninsula aquarium system for aquarists who want Red Sea’s largest Peninsula G3 room-divider format with a black aluminum super-structure cabinet and split-sump filtration platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis high-capacity REEFER Peninsula S-Series system is designed for advanced reef keepers planning a large custom installation with equipment selected around the reef’s exact needs. It includes a 200 cm euro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass peninsula aquarium, black aluminum super-structure cabinet, replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, slide-out control panel, split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, dual curved side return outlets, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. Lighting, return pumps, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, rock, sand, salt, livestock, and test kits are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula S-950 G3 Black Flagship Room-Divider System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest Peninsula G3 platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-950 G3 expands the room-divider concept to a 200 cm display with serious visual presence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250.1 gallon total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 947 L system volume supports greater stability, larger coral colonies, and more advanced filtration planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack aluminum cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet creates a bold architectural installation while the aluminum super-structure supports the long peninsula span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit-sump design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-950 adds a main sump plus extension section for extra filtration capacity, refugium use, frag grow-out, or other equipment planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom large-reef equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual return pump planning, lighting, skimmer selection, flow, heating, dosing, and control equipment can be chosen separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Red Sea ecosystem path:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system is ready for optional ReefRun, ReefLED, ReefMat, ReefWave, ReefDose, REEFER skimmer, and ReefBeat-connected hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e200 cm Euro-Braced Ultra-Clear Peninsula Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e757 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main aquarium provides 199.9 gallons of display space for a mature reef, larger fish movement, coral zones, and showpiece aquascaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 x 68 x 65 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The long 200 cm footprint gives reef keepers substantial room for multiple aquascape zones, open channels, islands, and layered coral placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-950 G3 uses 19 mm front, side, bottom, and back glass for a premium large-format build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced top provides added support while preserving a clean professional profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-clear viewing panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-iron glass improves clarity across the long display and helps coral colours show cleanly through the thick panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge room-divider proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The three-sided viewing format makes this model a centerpiece aquarium for large homes, offices, lobbies, and display areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eBlack Aluminum Super-Structure Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid aluminum support:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses Red Sea’s robust aluminum super-structure for a high-end long-span installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable black panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black exterior panels create a finished furniture-style look while remaining part of the modular REEFER-S cabinet system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet help properly support the large system on suitable flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Controllers, power supplies, dosing hardware, and smart reef equipment can be mounted and accessed more cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge equipment bay:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet provides room for the split sump, ReefATO+, dual return planning, cables, controllers, and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-impact display finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The black cabinet visually grounds the large aquarium and keeps attention on coral colour and reef structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Water Management and Dual Side Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized long-run plumbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydrodynamic piping supports efficient water movement across the 200 cm peninsula span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The low-turbulence drain inlet helps reduce noise when the system is tuned correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The drain can be adjusted in fine increments for stable, near-silent sump operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable surface skimmer helps pull surface film and floating debris into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual curved side return outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side returns help distribute return water along the peninsula display and support better coverage across the long layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual pump planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended return configuration uses 2 x ReefRun G2 12000 pumps, sold separately, for strong turnover across the large display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSplit Sump and ReefATO+ Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e189.6 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The split sump gives extensive room for skimming, mechanical filtration, media, reactors, probes, dosing lines, and return equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain plus extension sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extension section can be used for a larger refugium, frag grow-out, extra filtration, or other large-system planning needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical stage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Micron socks and media cups are included, and the system is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat 1200 installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced filtration planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout supports skimming, reactors, nutrient export, automatic mechanical filtration, dosing, monitoring, and power management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for serious reef systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-950 gives advanced aquarists the infrastructure needed for a large, organized, long-term reef build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula S-950 G3 Black Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 947 L \/ 250.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 757 L \/ 199.9 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 189.6 L \/ 50.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 78.7 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 165 cm \/ approx. 65.0 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear peninsula aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the Peninsula S-950 G3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for flagship room-divider reefs, large mixed reefs, SPS-capable systems, LPS displays, soft coral aquariums, and premium commercial-style installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heaters, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, dosing, and monitoring before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 200 cm length and 68 cm depth require a multi-fixture lighting plan selected around coral type and aquascape height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are essential to move water around the full central reef structure and along both viewing sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit-sump planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Decide early whether the extension sump will be used for refugium space, frag grow-out, extra filtration, or another support role.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pumps, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the installation space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the room has adequate clearance for three-sided viewing, glass cleaning, cabinet service, sump access, and delivery placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the black aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the slide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organize controllers, power supplies, dosing hardware, and cables before final equipment installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the split sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the main sump, extension sump, overflow, ReefGate valve, returns, and ReefATO+ are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heaters, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and test kits before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the entire system with freshwater before saltwater setup to verify plumbing, sump level, and return flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate slowly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make small valve adjustments until the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding fish or corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear peninsula aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual curved side return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356706906,"sku":"AQ-RSP950B3","price":11999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_peninsula_950_g3_black-1_9ff6ad9f-51a9-4e7f-88f4-53f78d52208c.jpg?v=1760123169"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-peninsula-s-950-g3-white-cabinet","title":"Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-950 G3 - White Cabinet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:bold;margin:0 0 10px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula S-950 G3 - White Cabinet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea Reefer Peninsula S-950 G3 - White Cabinet is a premium 947 litre \/ 250.1 gallon reef-ready peninsula aquarium system that combines Red Sea’s largest Peninsula G3 room-divider display with a bright white aluminum super-structure cabinet and split REEF-SPEC sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for advanced reef keepers building a large custom room-divider aquarium, the Peninsula S-950 G3 includes a 200 cm euro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear glass aquarium, white aluminum super-structure cabinet, replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, slide-out control panel, split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, ReefMat-ready mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefGate precision valve, central overflow with removable surface skimmer, dual curved side return nozzles, pre-assembled plumbing, and integrated ReefATO+ smart top-off control. Lighting, return pumps, skimmer, heater, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, rock, sand, salt, livestock, and test kits are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula S-950 G3 White Flagship Room-Divider System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLargest Peninsula G3 display:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-950 G3 uses a 200 cm peninsula format for a dramatic three-sided reef installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e947 litre total system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 250.1 gallon system volume supports large coral colonies, mature aquascapes, advanced filtration, and more stable water conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite aluminum cabinet finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet helps visually lighten the large aquarium while maintaining the strength of the REEFER-S aluminum super-structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit-sump flexibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main plus extension sump design gives extra room for refugium planning, frag grow-out, additional filtration, or equipment organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom equipment freedom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Return pumps, reef lighting, skimmer, heaters, wavemakers, dosing, monitoring, and optional filtration hardware can be selected separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium room-divider impact:\u003c\/strong\u003e This model is suited to large homes, offices, lobbies, showrooms, and dedicated aquarium spaces where the tank is a centerpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003e200 cm Ultra-Clear Euro-Braced Peninsula Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e757 litre display volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main display provides 199.9 gallons of aquarium space for a large reef structure, broad coral zones, open sand, and selected reef fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 x 68 x 65 cm dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The long and deep footprint creates a major aquascaping canvas with strong three-sided visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm glass specification:\u003c\/strong\u003e The front, side, bottom, and back panels are listed at 19 mm for a substantial large-system build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro-braced construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced top frame adds structural support while keeping the display clean and professional looking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-iron clarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-clear glass reduces tint and improves the visual impact of coral colour and reef lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for multi-angle aquascaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rockwork, coral placement, and equipment placement should be planned so the reef looks finished from both long sides and the end panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhite Aluminum Cabinet and Control Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum super-structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet uses a rigid aluminum support frame for extra fortification across the 200 cm peninsula span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable white panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e The exterior panels give the system a clean modern appearance while remaining part of Red Sea’s modular cabinet design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden adjustable feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leveling feet help support correct installation on suitable flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The control panel gives a dedicated serviceable location for controllers, power supplies, dosing equipment, and smart reef devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge equipment compartment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cabinet accommodates the split sump, ReefATO+, power management, dual return planning, and long-term upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright architectural finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white cabinet softens the visual weight of the large aquarium and suits modern interiors and showroom spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eG3 Plumbing with ReefGate and Dual Side Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHydrodynamically optimized piping:\u003c\/strong\u003e The G3 flow path is designed for efficient movement through the long room-divider layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet rectangular downflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The enlarged drain inlet reduces turbulence and helps the system run quietly when tuned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefGate precision valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e The drain line can be adjusted finely for stable water height and near-silent operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e The removable surface skimmer helps pull surface film and debris into the filtration path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual curved side returns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side returns help spread return flow along the peninsula span and across the open reef structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual return pump planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The recommended configuration uses 2 x ReefRun G2 12000 pumps, sold separately, to support the large display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSplit REEF-SPEC Sump and ReefATO+\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e189.6 litre sump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e The split sump gives major equipment capacity for skimmers, return pumps, media, probes, reactors, dosing lines, and service access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain plus extension sump:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extension section can be used as a larger refugium, frag area, added filtration zone, or flexible equipment space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefMat-ready mechanical chamber:\u003c\/strong\u003e The system includes micron socks and media cups and is designed for optional Red Sea ReefMat 1200 installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+:\u003c\/strong\u003e ReefATO+ helps stabilize water level and salinity while adding temperature monitoring and leak detection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced filtration potential:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sump layout can support automatic mechanical filtration, skimming, reactors, nutrient export, dosing, and monitoring equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for long-term reef growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e The S-950 gives advanced aquarists enough space and infrastructure to build a highly organized large reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea Reefer Peninsula S-950 G3 White Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal system volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 947 L \/ 250.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 757 L \/ 199.9 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSump volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 189.6 L \/ 50.1 gal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 cm L x 68 cm W x 65 cm H \/ approx. 78.7 x 26.8 x 25.6 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal height with cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 165 cm \/ approx. 65.0 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 mm front glass, 19 mm side glass, 19 mm bottom glass, and 19 mm back glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay format:\u003c\/strong\u003e Euro-braced ultra-clear peninsula aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e White aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Split REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, media cups, ReefMat-ready layout, and integrated ReefATO+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended return pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x Red Sea ReefRun G2 12000, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x Red Sea ReefLED G2 170, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended ReefMat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefMat 1200, sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eApplication Notes for the Peninsula S-950 G3 White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for flagship room-divider reefs, large mixed reefs, SPS-capable systems, LPS displays, soft coral aquariums, and commercial-style feature tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquipment planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heaters, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, dosing, and monitoring equipment before filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e A multi-fixture lighting plan is required to cover the 200 cm length and 68 cm depth properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated wavemakers are needed for coral circulation beyond the return outlets, especially around central rock structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit-sump planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Decide whether the extension sump will be used for refugium capacity, frag grow-out, extra filtration, or another system-support role.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lighting, return pumps, protein skimmer, heater, wavemakers, livestock, rock, sand, salt, optional ReefMat, dosing equipment, and test kits are sold separately unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eRed Sea REEFER Peninsula G3 Series Video\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position:relative;padding-bottom:56.25%;height:0;overflow:hidden;max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tuOnvYF4JeY\" style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:100%;border:0;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eSetup and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the room-divider footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm access for three-sided viewing, glass cleaning, sump maintenance, cabinet service, and freight delivery before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssemble and level the cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Build the white aluminum cabinet according to Red Sea’s instructions and confirm it is level before placing the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the slide-out control panel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plan controller, power supply, dosing, and cable management before the cabinet is filled with equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall the split sump carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm the main sump, extension sump, overflow, ReefGate valve, return plumbing, and ReefATO+ are correctly installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect equipment before filling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose return pumps, lighting, skimmer, heaters, wavemakers, optional ReefMat, and test kits before adding water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater leak test:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the entire system with freshwater before final saltwater setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTune the ReefGate gradually:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the valve in small increments until the overflow and sump run quietly and consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse RO\/DI water:\u003c\/strong\u003e RO\/DI water is recommended for saltwater mixing and evaporation top-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle before stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Establish biological filtration fully before adding livestock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEuro-braced 19 mm ultra-clear peninsula aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite aluminum super-structure cabinet with replaceable panels, hidden adjustable feet, stainless hardware, and slide-out control panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit REEF-SPEC sump with main and extension sections, mechanical chamber, micron socks, and media cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled downflow and return plumbing with ReefGate precision valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral overflow with removable surface skimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual curved side return nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated ReefATO+ sensors and controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:20px;font-weight:bold;margin:16px 0 6px 0;\"\u003eShipping Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis item is exempt from our free shipping policy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid delays, please order Red Sea aquariums by themselves. If you are wishing to order multiple things, please place two separate orders: one for the aquarium and one for the rest of your products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease call for a shipping quote if ordering from NWT, YK, or NUN.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Red Sea aquariums are brought in and shipped out on an as-ordered basis. The average turn-around time to ship an aquarium to you is two business days, except where noted below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll shipments outside of the Vancouver area are shipped via trucking company with residential and power tailgate delivery, and are fully insured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks ordered within BC and, in some circumstances, Alberta may take an extra 5-10 business days to process. Systems ordered from Alberta and east of there usually ship within two business days direct from the distributor in Ontario.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are ordering for pick-up from our store, please select in-store pickup to avoid delivery charges. You will be notified when the tank arrives, usually within 5-10 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max S Series aquariums are always special order and will take from 3-6 weeks to ship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease note the freight company is only responsible for getting the aquarium to the destination address and off-loading it. They are not responsible for carrying it inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll freight charges have been greatly subsidized to help you get up and running with your new Red Sea system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Red Sea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42415356739674,"sku":"AQ-RSP950W3","price":11999.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/1636\/7450\/files\/redseareefer_peninsula_950_g3_white-1.jpg?v=1760120661"}],"url":"https:\/\/jlaquatics.com\/collections\/red-sea-reefers.oembed?page=3","provider":"J\u0026L Aquatics Ltd.","version":"1.0","type":"link"}